WO2004065367A1 - Viral polymerase inhibitors - Google Patents

Viral polymerase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004065367A1
WO2004065367A1 PCT/CA2004/000018 CA2004000018W WO2004065367A1 WO 2004065367 A1 WO2004065367 A1 WO 2004065367A1 CA 2004000018 W CA2004000018 W CA 2004000018W WO 2004065367 A1 WO2004065367 A1 WO 2004065367A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
cycloalkyl
optionally substituted
het
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2004/000018
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004065367A8 (en
Inventor
Pierre Louis Beaulieu
Christian Brochu
Catherine Chabot
Eric Jolicoeur
Stephen Kawai
Marc-André Poupart
Youla S. Tsantrizos
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh
Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to NZ541852A priority Critical patent/NZ541852A/en
Priority to UAA200508155A priority patent/UA83651C2/en
Priority to BR0406926-9A priority patent/BRPI0406926A/en
Priority to MXPA05007754A priority patent/MXPA05007754A/en
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh, Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh
Priority to JP2006500429A priority patent/JP4585507B2/en
Priority to EA200501065A priority patent/EA009323B1/en
Priority to AU2004205429A priority patent/AU2004205429A1/en
Priority to CA2511307A priority patent/CA2511307C/en
Priority to EP04703130A priority patent/EP1587787A1/en
Priority to YUP-2005/0556A priority patent/RS20050556A/en
Publication of WO2004065367A1 publication Critical patent/WO2004065367A1/en
Priority to IL169777A priority patent/IL169777A0/en
Priority to HR20050662A priority patent/HRP20050662A2/en
Priority to NO20053892A priority patent/NO20053892L/en
Publication of WO2004065367A8 publication Critical patent/WO2004065367A8/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the invention relates to inhibitors of RNA.dependent RNA polymerases, particularly those, viral polymerases within the Flaviviridae family, more particularly to HCV polymerase.
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • HCV-associated end-stage liver disease is now the leading cause of liver transplantation.
  • hepatitis C is responsible for 8,000 to 10,000 deaths annually. Without effective intervention, the number is expected to triple in the next 10 to 20 years.
  • Prolonged treatment of chronically infected patients with interferon or interferon and ribavjrin is the only currently approved therapy, but it achieves a sustained response in fewer than 50% of cases (Lindsay, K.L.; 1997; Hepatology 26: 71 S-77S*, and Reichard, O.; Schvarcz, R.; Weiland, O.; 1997 Hepatology 26: 108S-111S*).
  • HCV belongs to the family Flaviviridae, genus hepacivirus, which comprises three genera of small enveloped positive-strand RNA viruses (Rice, CM.; 1996; "Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication"; pp. 931-960 in Fields Virology; Fields, B.N.; Knipe, D.M.; Howley, P.M. (eds.); Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia Pa. *).
  • the 9.6 kb genome of HCV consists of a long open reading frame (ORF) flanked by 5' and 3' non-translated regions (NTR's).
  • the HCV 5' NTR is 341 nucleotides in length and functions as an internal ribosome entry site for cap- independent translation initiation (Lemon, S.H.; Honda, M.; 1997; Semin. Virol. 8: 274-288).
  • the HCV polyprotein is cleaved co- and post-translationally into at least 10 individual polypeptides (Reed, K.E.; Rice, CM.; 1999; Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 242: 55-84*).
  • the structural proteins result from signal peptidases in the N- terminal portion of the polyprotein. Two viral proteases mediate downstream cleavages to produce non-structural (NS) proteins that function as components of the HCV RNA replicase.
  • NS non-structural
  • the NS2-3 protease spans the C-terminal half of the NS2 and the N-terminal one-third of NS3 and catalyses cis cleavage of the NS2/3 site.
  • the same portion of NS3 also encodes the catalytic domain of the NS3-4A serine protease that cleaves at four downstream sites.
  • the C-terminal two-thirds of NS3 is highly conserved amongst HCV isolates, with RNA-binding, RNA-stimulated NTPase, and RNA unwinding activities.
  • NS4B and the NS5A phosphoprotein are also likely components of the replicase, their specific roles are unknown.
  • the C-terminal polyprotein cleavage product, NS5B is the elongation subunit of the HCV replicase possessing RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRp) activity (Behrens, S.E.; Tomei, L; DeFrancesco, R.; 1996; EMBO J. 15: 12-22*; and Lohmann, V.; K ⁇ rner, F.; Herian, U.; Bartenschlager, R.; 1997; J. Virol. 71: 8416- 8428*).
  • RdRp RNA-dependent RNA polymerase
  • RNA dependent RNA polymerases in mammals, and the fact that this enzyme appears to be essential to viral replication, would suggest that the NS5B polymerase is an ideal target for anti-HCV therapeutics.
  • WO 00/06529, WO 00/13708, WO 00/10573, WO 00/18231, WO 01/47883, WO 01/85172 and WO 02/04425 report inhibitors of NS5B proposed for treatment of HCV.
  • a or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
  • M 4 is CR 4 4 b D ,
  • Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR 51 R 52 ) k ⁇ -, wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3;
  • R 51 , R 52 are independently H, (C*,- 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - 3 )alkyl-
  • R 51 and R 52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7- membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system optionally contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms .
  • selected from N, O or S said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyl or cyclic system being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (C 1 - 6 )alkoxy, cyano, amino, -NH C- M -alkyl) and/or ⁇ (d ⁇ -alky a;
  • Y° is O, S, NR 11 or CR 12 R 13 , wherein
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 are each independently defined as R°; R 3 may also be COOR° or SO 2 R c ; wherein R c and each R° is optionally substituted with R 150 ;
  • R 12 and R 13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with R 150 ;
  • L is C ⁇ - 6 alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, C 1 . 6 alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, aryl,
  • Y° and L are covalently bonded to form a 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered mono- or a 8, 9, 10 or 11 -membered bicyclic group which is optionally unsaturated or aromatic and which optionally contains 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the mono- or bicyclic group is optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • L may also be H; or if Y ⁇ 0 u ; is.. ⁇ the ⁇ n L may also be OR ⁇ , wherein R c is optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • L may also be N(R N2 )R N ⁇ NR N3 -N(R N2 )R Ni , NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c , NR N4 -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N2 -SO 2 -R c ,
  • R N1 including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 and/or R N3 , and R c and R° being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • L may also be OR 6a or N(R 5a )R 6a , wherein R Sa is defined as R N2 ,
  • R 6a is:
  • R 6a is:
  • R 7a and R 8a are each independently defined as R°, COOR 0 or CON(R N2 )R N1 , wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R 7a and R 8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R 5a )R 6a , either of R 7a or R 8a may be covalently bonded to R 5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 150 ; and
  • alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C ⁇ ) alkyl;
  • Y 2 is O or S
  • R 9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or R 9a is covalently bonded to either of R 7a or R 8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
  • Q 1 is aryl, Het, (C*,. 6 )alkyl-aryl, (C ⁇ ) alkyl-Het, (C 1 . 6 )alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C**. 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • Y 1 is O, S or NR 14 , wherein R 14 is H or (C,. ⁇ ) alkyl;
  • Z is defined as a) OR 0 ; b) SO 2 R c ; c) N(R N2 )R N1 ; d) NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 ; e) NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c ; f) NR N -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N1 ; g) NR N2 -SO 2 -R c or h) NR N3 -SO 2 -N(R N2 )R N1 ; i) NR N2 -CO-R c ; j) COOR 0 ; k) N(R N1 )OR°; wherein R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N ⁇ including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 , and/or R N3 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • Z is OR 6 or N(R 5 )R 6b wherein R 5b is defined as R N2 and R 6b is: or R bD is
  • R 7 , R 8 , Y 3 , R 9b , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively;
  • Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d- ⁇ alkyl-aryl, (C- ⁇ alkyl-Het, (C*,. 6 )alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C ⁇ - 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C ⁇ -alkyl, S-C ⁇ -alkyl, C 1-4 - alkyl, C 2 - 4 -alkenyl and C 2 ⁇ -alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 160 ; and
  • R 2 is selected from: halogen or R 21 , wherein R 21 is aryl or Het, said R 21 is optionally substituted with R 150 ;
  • R 3 is selected from (Chalky!, (C 3 _ 7 )cycloalkyl, (C*,. 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl,
  • HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, " S and N; " said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (C* ⁇ - 6 )alkyl optionally substituted with:
  • R 31 is H, (C* ⁇ - 6 alkyl), (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyi or (C 1 - 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl; or - N(R 32 ) 2 wherein each R 32 is independently H, (C ⁇ - 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl or (C*]- 3 )alkyl-(C3- 7 )cycloalkyl; or both R 32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR 33 or SR 33 wherein R 33 is H, (C*,. 6 )alkyl, (C - 7 )cycloalkyl or
  • each R 35 is independently H, (C* ⁇ . 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 . 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl; or both R 35 are covalently, bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 5 each are independently H or defined as R 150 ;
  • R 60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
  • R N1 , R c and/or R° are optionally substituted with R 160 as defined;
  • ,160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents;
  • OR 161 OCF 3l N(R 62 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 , NR 162 SO 2 R c , NR 162 COR 162 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , -NR 161 -CO-COOR 161 , -NR 161 -CO-CO(NR 162 ) 2 , -CONR 161 SO 2 R c , CONR 161 - SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 or -SO 2 -NR 61 -COR c , wherein R 6 , R 163 and each R 162 is independently (d ⁇ Jalkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 .
  • R 161 and each R 162 may each independently also be H; or both R 162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
  • R° R c are independently defined as (C ⁇ . 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl,
  • R N1 is independently selected from H, (d- 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, . (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2 - 6 )alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C ⁇ Jalkyl-aryl, (C ⁇ * )alkyl-Het; or
  • R N2 , R N3 , R N4 are independently H, CH 3 , (C 2 - ⁇ )alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (d. 4 )alkyl-
  • (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, C ⁇ -alkyl, C* ⁇ . 6 -alkoxy, amino, -NH(C 1 - 4 -alkyl) and/or -N(d- 4 -alkyl) 2 ; and wherein said
  • CH 3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxycarbonyl
  • a) of a group N(R N2 )R N1 the substituents R N2 and R N1 ; or b) of a group NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 the substituents R N3 and R N1 , or R N2 and R N1 ; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S;
  • Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
  • the compounds according to this invention generally show a good to very good inhibitory activity against HCV polymerase.
  • compounds according to this invention inhibit RNA synthesis by the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV, especially of the enzyme NS5B encoded by HCV.
  • a further advantage of compounds provided by this invention is their low to very low or even non-significant activity against other polymerases.
  • a compound of the formula I according to this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity of the enzyme NS5B, encoded by HCV.
  • a compound of the formula I according to this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of HCV replication.
  • a method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal comprising administe ⁇ ng to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof .
  • a method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with another antiviral agent.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of HCV infection comprising an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more antiviral agents.
  • antiviral agents include, ribavirin and amantadine.
  • compositions of this invention comprise an other anti-HCV agent as an antiviral agent.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an additional immunomodulatory agent as an other anti-HCV agent.
  • additional immunomodulatory agents include but are not limited to, ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ - ⁇ -, tau- and ⁇ -interferons.
  • compositions of this invention comprise another inhibitor of HCV polymerase as an other anti-HCV agent.
  • compositions of this invention comprise an inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease as an other anti-HCV agent.
  • compositions of this invention comprise an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle as an other anti-HCV agent.
  • examples of such other targets are HCV helicase, HCV NS2/3 protease or HCV IRES.
  • a compound of formula I according to this invention for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or the prevention of a Flaviviridae viral infection, preferably an HCV infection.
  • X . is CI, Br or l.
  • a twelfth aspect of this invention is related to a process for producing compounds of formula 1.1
  • R° and R 3 are defined as hereinbefore and X is Cl, Br or I; according to one of the following methods a), b), c) or d): 1.) cross-coupling of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) with an organometallic species such as, but not limited to i) a stannane derivative of the formula R 2 -SnR' 3 , wherein R 2 is defined as hereinbefore and R' is a d.
  • organometallic species such as, but not limited to i) a stannane derivative of the formula R 2 -SnR' 3 , wherein R 2 is defined as hereinbefore and R' is a d.
  • R , R and R are defined as hereinbefore;
  • Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ;
  • the term (d. n ) alkyl or Ci- n -alkyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, are intended to mean acyclic straight or branched chain alkyl radicals containing 1 to n carbon atoms respectively.
  • examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethy! (i-propyl), n-butyl, 1- - methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl (tert-butyl), n-pentyl, etc.
  • Me denotes a methyl group.
  • alkyl group is substituted by halogen, it is preferably mono-, di- or trisubstituted with fluorine or monosubstituted by chlorine or bromine.
  • Preferred alkyl-groups which are trisubstituted with fluorine have a terminal CF 3 group.
  • (C 2 . ⁇ ) alkenyl wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond.
  • examples of such radicals are ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2- ⁇ ropenyl, 1-butenyl, etc..
  • (C 2 . n ) alkynyl wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another group, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing 2 to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond.
  • examples of such radicals are ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, etc.
  • (C 3 . n )cycloalkyl wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a cycloalkyl radical containing from three to n carbon atoms and includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • (C . n )cycloalkenyl wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, means an unsaturated cyclic radical containing five to n carbon atoms. Examples are cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl.
  • (C*i- n )alkyl-(C 3 - m )cycloalkyl wherein n and m are integers, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a branched or straight chain alkyl radical having 1 to n C-atoms to which a cycloalkyl radical containing from three to m C-atoms is covalently bonded.
  • the alkyl radical is a straight chain and the cycloalkyl radical is linked to its terminal C-atom.
  • Examples of (C 1 - 3 )alkyl-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 3-cyclopropylpropyl, 3-cyclobutylpropyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 3-cyclohexylpropyl, etc..
  • alkyl-aryl, alkyl-HCy, alkyl-Hetaryl, alkyl-Het, etc. mean an alkyl radical to which an aryl, HCy, Hetaryl, Het group is bonded, respectively.
  • Examples of (C**. 3 )alkyl ⁇ ary! are benzyl (phenylmethyl), phenylethyl and phenylpropyl.
  • CPG carboxy protecting group
  • A-carboxyl group is usually protected as an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid.
  • Protecting groups that can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl, trimethylsilylethyl and f-butyl, 2) aralkyl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters that can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.
  • aryl either alone or in combination with another radical means a 6- or 10-membered aryl, i.e. an aromatic radical containing six or ten carbon atoms, for example phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl. The most preferred meaning of aryl is phenyl.
  • heteroatom means O, S or N.
  • heterocycle either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a four-, five-, six-, or seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, 1 H-imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, h ⁇ mopiperidine, homopiperazine, 1 ,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N- oxide or pyrimidine, or the following heterocycles:
  • the term "9- or 10-membered heterobicycle” or “heterobicycle” either alone or in combination with another radical means a heterocycle as defined above fused to one or more other cycle, be it a heterocycle or any other cycle.
  • heterobicycles include, but are not limited to, indole, benzimidazole, thiazolo[4,5-b]-pyridine, quinoline, or coumarin, or the following:
  • Het defines a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms wherever possible, selected from O, N and S, which-may be saturated, . unsaturated or aromatic, unless specified otherwise.
  • HCy defines a saturated or unsaturated 4-, 5-, 6- or 7- membered monocyclic heterocycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, unless specified otherwise.
  • Hetaryl defines an aromatic 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, unless specified otherwise.
  • halo means a halogen atom and includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • OH refers to a hydroxyl group. It is well known to one skilled in the art that hydroxyl groups may be substituted by functional group equivalents. Examples of such functional group equivalents that are contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, ethers, sulfhydryls, and primary, secondary or tertiary amines.
  • the term "SH” refers to a sulfhydryl group. It is intended within the scope of the present invention that , whenever a "SH”.or "SR" group is present, it can also be substituted by any other appropriate oxidation state such as SOR, SO 2 R, or SO 3 R. i It is intended that the term "substituted” when applied in conjunction with a radical having more than one moiety such as C* ⁇ - 6 alkyl-aryl, or d- 6 alkyl-Het, such substitution applies to both moieties i.e. both the alkyl and aryl or Het moieties can be substituted with the defined substituents.
  • COOH refers to a carboxylic acid group. It is well known to one skilled in the art that carboxylic acid groups may be substituted by functional group equivalents. Examples of such functional group equivalents that are contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, esters, amides, imides, boronic acids, tetrazoles, triazoles, N-acylsulfonyldiamides (RCONHSO 2 NR 2 ), and N- acylsulfonamides (RCONHSO 2 R).
  • the term "functional group equivalent” is intended to mean an element or a substituted derivative thereof, that is replaceable by another element that has similar electronic, hybridization or bonding properties.
  • metal catalyst is intended to mean a metal such as palladium (0) or palladium (2) for use in a cross-coupling reaction.
  • palladium catalysts include, but are not limited to, Pd(Ph 3 ) 4 , Pd/C, Pd(OAc) 2 , PdCI 2 , and the like.
  • Alternative metals that can catalyze cross-coupling reactions include, but are not limited to, complexes of Ni, Rh, Ru and Ir, like for example: Ni(acac) 2 , Ni(OAc) 2 , or NiCI 2 .
  • detecttable label refers to any group that may be linked to the polymerase or to a compound of the present invention such that when the compound is associated with the polymerase target, such label allows recognition either directly or indirectly of the compound such that it can be detected, measured and quantified.
  • labels are intended to include, but are not limited to, fluorescent labels, chemiluminescent labels, colorimetric labels, enzymatic markers, radioactive isotopes and affinity tags such as biotin. Such labels are attached to the compound or to the polymerase by well known methods.
  • affinity tag means a ligand (that is linked to the polymerase or to a compound of the present invention) whose strong affinity for a receptor can be used to extract from a solution the entity to which the ligand is attached.
  • ligands include biotin or a derivative thereof, a histidine polypeptide, a polyarginine, an amylose sugar moiety or a defined epitope recognizable by a specific antibody.
  • affinity tags are attached to the compound or to the polymerase by well-known methods.
  • photoreactive group means a group that is transformed, upon activation by light, from an inert group to a reactive species, such as a free radical.
  • reactive species such as a free radical.
  • examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, benzophenones, azides, and the like.
  • salt thereof means any acid and/or base addition salt of a compound according to the invention; preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt means a salt of a compound of formula (I) which is, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio,, generally water or oil-soluble or dispersible, and effective for their intended use.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically- acceptable base addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in, e.g., S.M. Birge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, pp. 1-19, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethane- sulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, mal
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salt means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic bases such as ammonia or hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of ammonium or a metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable organic nontoxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, quaternary amine compounds, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion-exchange resins, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, ethanoiamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N- ethylpiperidine, tetramethylammonium compounds, tetraethyl
  • antiviral agent means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal.
  • Antiviral agents include, for example, ribavirin, amantadine, VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), VX- 498 (Vertex Pharmaceuticals), Levovirin, Viramidine, Ceplene (maxamine), XTL-001 and XTL-002 (XTL Biopharmaceuticals).
  • other anti-HCV agent means those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms of disease.
  • agents can be selected from: immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, other inhibitors of HCV polymerase or inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
  • immunomodulatory agent means those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal.
  • Immunomodulatory agents include, for example, class I interferons (such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ - and omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo- interferons), class II interferons (such as ⁇ -interferons) and pegylated interferons.
  • inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal.
  • Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, for example, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929 or WO 02/060926, the Boehringer Ingelheim clinical candidate identified as BILN 2061 and the Vertex pre-development candidate identified as VX-950.
  • compounds # 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11 , 18, 19, 29, 30, 31 , 32, 33, 37, 38, 55, 59, 71 , 91 , 103, 104, 105, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126 and 127 disclosed in the table of pages 224-226 in WO 02/060926, can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention .
  • other inhibitor of HCV polymerase means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV polymerase in a mammal, whereby this agent has a structure different from the compounds according to this invention and preferably binds to a site of the HCV polymerase different from the site targeted by the compounds according to this invention.
  • Other inhibitors of HCV polymerase include non-nucleosides, for example, those compounds described in : WO 03/040112 (Rigel), WO 02/100846 A1 (Shire), WO 02/100851 A2 (Shire), WO 01/85172 .
  • inhibitors of HCV polymerase also include nucleoside analogs, for example, those compounds described in: WO 01/90121 A2 (Idenix), WO 02/069903 A2 (Biocryst Pharmaceuticals Inc.), WO 02/057287 A2 (Merck/lsis) and WO 02/057425 A2 (Merck/lsis).
  • inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal other than by inhibiting the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV. This includes agents that interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal.
  • Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, for example, agents that inhibit a target selected from a HCV helicase, HCV NS2/3 protease and HCV IRES.
  • Specific examples of inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include ISIS- 14803 (ISIS Pharmaceuticals).
  • HIV inhibitor means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. HIV inhibitors include, for example, nucleosidic inhibitors, non-nucleosidic inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors.
  • HAV inhibitor means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal.
  • HAV inhibitors include Hepatitis A vaccines, for example, Havrix ® (GlaxoSmithKline), VAQTA ® (Merck) and Avaxim ® (Aventis Pasteur).
  • HBV inhibitor means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal.
  • HBV inhibitors include, for example, agents that inhibit HBV viral DNA polymerase or HBV vaccines.
  • HBV inhibitors include Lamivudine (Epivir-HBV ® ), Adefovir Dipivoxil, Entecavir, FTC (Coviracil ® ), DAPD (DXG), L-FMAU (Clevudine ® ), AM365 (Amrad), Ldt (Telbivudine), monoval-LdC (Valtorcitabine), ACH-126,443 (L-Fd4C) (Achillion), MCC478 (Eli Lilly), Racivir (RCV), Fluoro-L and D nucleosides, Robustaflavone, ICN 2001-3 (ICN), Bam 205 (Novelos), XTL-001 (XTL), Imino-Sugars (Nonyl-DNJ) (Synergy), HepBzyme; and immunomodulator products such as: interferon alpha 2b,-' HE2000 (Hollis-Eden), Theradigm
  • class I interferon means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I. This includes both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons. Examples of class I interferons include -, ⁇ -, omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons.
  • class II interferon as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type II. Examples of class II interferons include ⁇ - interferons.
  • ⁇ antiviral agents ribavirin and amantadine
  • ⁇ immunomodulatory agents class I interferons, class II interferons and pegylated interferons;
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors ⁇ HCV NS3 protease inhibitors; ⁇ other inhibitors of the HCV polymerase: nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic inhibitors;
  • ⁇ inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle that inhibits a target selected from: HCV NS2/3 protease or internal ribosome entry site (IRES); ⁇ HIV inhibitors: nucleosidic inhibitors, non-nucleosidic inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors; or
  • ⁇ HBV inhibitors agents that inhibit viral DNA polymerase or is an HBV vaccine.
  • combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional agent selected from: an antiviral agent, an immunomodulatory agent, an inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease, another inhibitor of HCV polymerase, an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an
  • HBV inhibitor examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section above.
  • additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • treatment means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention to alleviate or eliminate symptoms of the hepatitis C disease and/or to reduce viral load in a patient.
  • prevention means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention post-exposure of the individual to the virus but before the appearance of symptoms of the disease, and/or prior to the detection of the virus in the blood.
  • Q 1 , Q 1c , Q 2 , Q 2a , Q 2b , Q 2c , W 1 , W 2 , Y°, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , X, Z, Sp, Het, HCy, Hetaryl, k 1t q, qa, and qb have the meanings as defined hereinbefore and hereinafter.
  • groups, substituents and indices according to this invention are described.
  • a or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
  • Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR 51 R 52 ) k1 -, wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3;
  • R 51 , R 52 are independently H, (d. 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or (d- ⁇ alkyl-
  • R 51 and R 52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl group, said alkyl, cycloalkyls or alkyl-cycloalkyl being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (d- 6 )alkoxy, cyano, amino, -NH(d--ralkyl) and/or -N(d- 4 ⁇ alkyl) 2 ;
  • Y° is O, S, NR 11 or CR 12 R 13 , wherein
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 3 are each independently defined as R°;
  • R 13 may also be COOR 0 or SO 2 R c ; wherein R c and each R° is optionally substituted with R 150 ;
  • R 12 and R 13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with
  • L is d. 6 alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, C ⁇ . 6 alkyl-(C 3 -6)cycloalkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, aryl,
  • L may also be H
  • L may also be OR c , wherein R c is optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • L may also be N(R 2 )R N1 , NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c , NR N4 -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N ⁇ NR N2 -SO 2 -R c , NR N2 -CO-R c , NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N1 or N(R N1 )OR°; said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 and/or R N3 , and R c and R° being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • L may also be OR 6a or N(R 5a )R 6a , wherein R 5a is defined as R N2 ,
  • R 6a is:
  • R 7a and R 8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • R 7a and R 8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R Sa )R 6a , either of R 7a or R 8a may be covalently bonded to R 5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 1 ⁇ 0 ; and
  • Y 2 is O or S
  • R 9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or R 9a is covalently bonded to either of R 7a or R 8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
  • Q 1 is aryl, Het, (d- 6 )alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 )alkyl-Het, (Ci-e alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • Y 1 is O, S or NR 14 , wherein R 14 is H or (d-e) alkyl;
  • Z is defined as a) OR 0 ; b) SO 2 R c ; c) N(R N2 )R N1 ; d) NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 ; e) NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c ; f) NR N4 -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N ; g) NR N2 -SO 2 -R c or h) NR N2 -CO-R c ; i) COOR 0 ; j) N(R N1 )OR°; wherein R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 , and/or R N3 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9b , Q 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , Q 1 , respectively;
  • R 2 is selected from: halogen or R 21 , wherein R 21 is aryl or Het, said R 2i is optionally substituted with R 150 ;
  • R 3 is selected from (C 1 - 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl, (C 1 . 3 )alkyl-(C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl,
  • alkyl-HCy wherein HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (d- 6 )alkyl optionally substituted with:
  • R 31 is H, (d-ealkyl), (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or (d. 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl; or
  • each R 32 is independently H, (dialkyl, (C 3 . )cycloalkyl or (C ⁇ - 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - )cycloalkyl; or both R 32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR 33 or SR 33 wherein R 33 is H, (C ⁇ - 6 )alkyl, (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl or (C ⁇ - 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl; d) N(R 35 ) 2 wherein each R 35 is independently H, (C 1 .
  • R 35 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 5 each are independently H or defined as R 150 ;
  • R 150 b) OR 0 ; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, SO 2 R c , SO 2 N(R N2 )R N1 , SO 2 N(R N2 )C(O)R c or CONR N SO 2 R c ; e) N(R N2 )R N1 , N(R N2 )COOR c , or N(R N2 )SO 2 R c ; f) N(R N2 )COR c ; g) N(R N3 )CON(R N2 )R N1 ; h) N(R N3 )COCOR c , N(R N3 )COCOOR° or N(R N3 )COCON(R N2 )R N ; i) COR 0 ; j) COOR 0 ; k) CON(R N2 )R N1 ; I) aryl, Het, (C ⁇ alky ary
  • R N1 is as defined or OH, O-C ⁇ -alkyl; i) COR 0 ; j) COOR°; k) tetrazole or CON(R N2 )R N1 ; wherein said R N1 , R c and/or R° are optionally substituted with R 60 as defined;
  • R 160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and - one of each substituent selected from tetrazole, chlorine, bromine, iodine,
  • R° R c are independently defined as (C 1 . 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (d- 4 )alkyl-
  • R N1 is independently selected from H, (d- 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, (d- 4 .alkyl-
  • R N2 , R N3 , R N4 are independently H, CH 3 , (C 2 . 6 alkyl), (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (d ⁇ alkyl-
  • (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, C* ⁇ . 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, C* ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, C ⁇ e-alkoxy, amino, -NH(C 1 - 4 -alkyl) and/or -N(d- -alkyl) 2 ; and wherein said CH 3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or d- 6 -alkoxycarbonyl; and
  • a) of a group N(R N2 )R N1 the substituents R N2 and R N1 ; or b) of a group NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 the substituents R N3 and R N1 , or R N2 and R N1 ; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; wherein Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
  • This invention comprises compounds of the formulas la and lb
  • this invention further comprises compounds, of the following formulas:
  • the groups M 1 and NI 4 are CR 4a and CR 4b , respectively.
  • spacer group Sp is a group selected from -(CR 51 R S2 ) k , wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3; and R 51 , R 52 are independently H or (d. 3 )alkyl, in particular H or methyl; arid/or
  • R 51 , R 52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-at ⁇ m to which they are > attached to form a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl group.
  • Sp is a spacer group selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -,
  • Y° is O or S, most preferably O.
  • Y° and L are covalently bonded to form a 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered mono- or a 8, 9, 10 or 11- membered bicyclic group which may contain 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the mono- or bicyclic group is optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • those compounds are preferred, wherein Y° and L are covalently bonded to form an unsaturated 5 or 6-membered monocyclic group which may contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the monocyclic group is optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • said monocyclic group is a monocyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic group.
  • Preferred examples of such (hetero)aromatic groups are phenyl, pyridine and thiazole, being optionally substituted as described.
  • Y° may also be NR 11 or CR 12 R 13 wherein R 11 , R 12 , R 3 are defined as hereinbefore.
  • Preferred meanings of R 11 , R 2 , R 13 are independently H or C ⁇ - 6 alkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • the group L has one of the following meanings: a) C*
  • L may also be H; or c) if Y° is O, then L may also be OR c , wherein R c is optionally substituted with R 60 ,
  • R 12 , R 13 , R 60 and R c are as defined hereinbefore.
  • the group L has one of the following meanings:
  • L is N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c , NR N4 -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N2 -SO 2 -R c or N(R N2 )OR°, said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 and/or R N3 , and R c being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • L is N(R 5a )R 6a wherein R 5a is defined as R N2 and R 6a is:
  • R 6a is:
  • R 7a and R 8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 80 ;
  • R 7a and R 8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and either of R 7a or R 8a may be covalently bonded to R 5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said " cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 150 ; and
  • Y 2 is O or S
  • R 9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or -
  • R 9a is covalently bonded to either of R 7a or R 8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • Q 1 is aryl, Het, (d- 6 )alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 ) alkyl-Het, (d- ⁇ ) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d. 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • the group Y 1 is defined as O, S or NR 14 , wherein R 14 is H or (C 1 . 6 )alkyl; most preferably Y 1 is O.
  • the group Z is selected from the group of definitions: a) OR 0 ; c) N(R N2 )R N1 ; g) NR N2 -SO 2 -R c ; h) NR N3 -SO 2 -N(R N2 )R N1 ; or i) NR N2 -CO-R c ; wherein R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • R 7 , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9b , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively; and Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 )alkyl-Het, (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C 1 . 6 )alkyl- CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl, S-C ⁇ -alkyl, C ⁇ . -alkyl, C 2 . 4 -alkenyl and C 2 - 4 -alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 160 ;.
  • Y 1 is preferably O.
  • Sp is a spacer group selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -,
  • Y is O or S; most preferably O;
  • L is N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N1 , NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c ,
  • L is N(R 5a )R 6a wherein R 5a is defined as R N2 and R 6a is:
  • R 6a is:
  • Y 1 . is O or S; most preferably O;
  • Z is defined as a) OR 0 ; c) N(R N2 )R N1 ; or g) NR N2 -SO 2 -R c ; wherein R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • Z is N(R jS b b D* )% D R6 b b D , w.,h,e-..r.-e-.iinn o R ⁇ 0 b B : i tastess dceffiinnead a _-s o FTN"2 a __ndJ D R6b D ; is__.:
  • R 6b is:
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9b , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively; and Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 ) alkyl-Het, (d-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-e) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C ⁇ -4-alkyl, S-C-M-alkyl, C-M- alkyl, C ⁇ -alkenyl and C 2 -- * .-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 160 ;.
  • a first group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1a
  • R N including any heterocycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , is optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • Z is N(R Sb )R 6 wherein R 5b is defined as R N2 and R 6b is:
  • R bD is:
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9b , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively;
  • Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d. 6 )alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 ) alkyl-Het, (d-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C ⁇ -alkyl, S-C- M -alkyl, C ⁇ - 4 - alkyl, C ⁇ -alkenyl and C ⁇ -alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 160 ;.
  • a second group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1b
  • R 5a is defined as R N2 ;
  • R j7'a a , n R8a , ⁇ ⁇ 2, Q R9 a a , Q «1 1 , ⁇ WI ⁇ I1 1 are defined as hereinbefore;
  • Z is defined as a) OR°; c) N(R N2 )R N1 ; or g) NR N2 -SO 2 -R c ; wherein R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9b , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively;
  • Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d- 6 ) alkyl-Het, (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C.. 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with
  • R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-d- 4 -alkyl, S-C ⁇ - alkyl, C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl, C 2 ⁇ -alkenyl and C- M -alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 160 ;.
  • a third group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1c
  • R is optionally substituted with R ;
  • R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R 5b is defined as R N2 and R 6 is:
  • R bD is:
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively;
  • Q 2 is aryl, Het, (C «) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (C ⁇ e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with
  • R 60 or Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, d- 4 -alkyl, C ⁇ -alkenyl and C 2 - 4 -alkynyl, all of which being . optionally substituted with R 160 ;.
  • a fourth group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula l.1d
  • R N1 is selected from OR c , NR N3 -N(R N2 )R N , NR N3 -NR N2 -CO-R c , NR N4 -NR N3 -CO-N(R N2 )R N1 or N(R N )OR°; said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 , R N2 and/or R N3 , and R c being optionally substituted with R 60 ;
  • R° and R c are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and said R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R N2 , being optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R , b 5b D is defined as R N N 2 ⁇ and R ⁇ 6 6 b D i is:
  • R 6b is:
  • R 7b , R 8b , Y 3 , R 9 , W 2 are defined as R 7a , R 8a , Y 2 , R 9a , W 1 respectively;
  • Q 2 is aryl, Het, (d- 6 ) alkyl-aryl, (d-e) alkyl-Het, (d- 6 ) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C ⁇ - 6 ) alkyl-CONH-H.et, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • Q 2 is R 160 or Q 2 is selected from the group consisting of O-d- 4 -alkyl, S-C**. 4 -alkyl, d- 4 - alkyl, C 2 . 4 -alkeny! and C ⁇ -alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60 ;.
  • L is more preferably
  • R N2 , R N3 , R N4 are each independently H, methyl, (C 2 --t)alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl or (C ⁇ .3)alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with C ⁇ - 3 -alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d- ⁇ alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d- 4 -alkyl), -N(C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl) 2 and/or - O-(d. 4 -alkyl);
  • R N1 is H, methyl, (C ⁇ alkyl, (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 1 . 3 )alkyI-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, benzyl, (C 2 .
  • the substituents R N and R N3 or R N1 and R N2 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle which may have additionally 1 or 2 heteroatoms or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11-membered saturated or unsaturated heterobicycle which may have additionally from 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms, whereby the heteroatoms are selected from O, N, and S; and
  • Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group;
  • phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
  • each substituent selected from: NO 2 , cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (C ⁇ - 4 ,alkyl, hydroxy, O-(C ⁇ -4)alkyl, amino, -COOH,
  • >N1 is methyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, (C ⁇ - 3 .alkyl-(C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, benzyl, (C 2 -_*.)alkyl-phenyl, Het and (C* ⁇ - )alkyl-Het; wherein the methyl and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with C*t- 3 -alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d- 4 ,alkoxycarbonyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl), CON(d- 4 -alkyl) 2 ; and/or wherein said alkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(C 1 - 4 -alkyl), -N(d- 4 -alkyl) 2 and/or -O-(C ⁇
  • Het is a saturated or unsaturated 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein, a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group;
  • phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO 2 , cyano, azido; and
  • R N2 very preferred meanings for R N2 are selected from H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl and cyclopropylmethyl; in particular H and methyl; and
  • R N1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyi, 1-methylpropyl, 2- methylpropyl, (C 4 . 7 )cycloalkyl, (C . 7 )cycloalkylmethyl-, (C - 7 )cycloalkylethyl-, (C . 7 )cycloalkenyl, (C . 7 )cycloalkenylmethyl-, (C . 7 )cycloalkenylethyl-, HCy-,
  • Hetaryl is an aromatic 5 or 6-membered monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; to which a benzene ring may be fused; and
  • HCy is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or mono-unsaturated heterocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S;
  • each substituent selected from: chlorine bromine, NO 2 , cyano;
  • substituents selected from: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy, C ⁇ . 3 -alkoxy, -COOH,
  • the C-atom in ⁇ -position to the N-atom (of the group N(R N2 )R N1 ) is optionally ' substituted with methyl, CH 2 OH, CH 2 NH 2 , CH 2 NH(C 1 . 3 -alkyl), CH 2 N(d- 3 - alkyl) 2 , carboxy, (d-3)alkoxycarbonyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C 1 . 3 -alkyl), CON(C 1 . 3 - alkyl) 2 ; and/or, preferably or,
  • any C-atom in ⁇ -position to the N-atom (of the group N(R N2 )R N1 ) is optionally substituted with hydroxy, C**. 3 -a!koxy, amino, -NH(C ⁇ . 3 -alkyl) or -N(d- 3 -alkyl) 2 .
  • each R is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or cyclopropyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • R N2 and R N1 are covalently bonded together to form a heterocycle selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine;
  • piperazine and homopiperazine may be N-substituted with C h alky!, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl or C lJt alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl;
  • heterocycles are optionally monosubstituted by (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (C ⁇ . 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, HCy or C ⁇ alkyl-HCy , wherein HCy is selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine; and
  • heterocycles including an optional alkyl-, cycloalkyl- or alkylcycloalkyl-group and/or HCy or d. 3 alkyl-HCy group, are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
  • substituents selected from: hydroxy, O-(d- 4 .alkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(d- 4 )alkyl, CONH 2 , CONH(d- 4 - alkyl), CON(d- 4 -alkyl) 2 , -NH(d. 6 -alkyl), -N(d- 6 -alkyl) 2 , -(d- ⁇ alkyl-OH, -(d- 4 ,alkyl-COOH, -(d- 4 .alkyl-COO(d- 4 .alkyl,
  • each R is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or cyclopropyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • Y° is O and L is OR 6a , or wherein Y° is O or S and L is N(R 5a )R 6a , wherein R 5a is defined as R N2 , and
  • R is defined according to the following subformula: wherein '
  • R 7a is defined as H, COOH, CONH 2 , (C 1 - 6 )alkyl, (Cwjc cloalkyl, (C ⁇ Jalkyl- (C 3 .e)cycloalkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C M )alkyl-aryl, all of which are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and
  • ,sa is H or (dialkyl; or
  • R 7a and R 8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6- membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and
  • R 7a or R 8a may be covalently bonded to R 5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 150 ;
  • alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C*
  • Q 1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
  • Q 1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d- 3 ) alkyl-aryl or (d- 3 )alkyl-Hetaryl;
  • Q 1b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
  • Q 1c is a bond, O-d- 4 -alkyl, S-d- 4 -alkyl, d- 4 -alkyl, C 2 . -alkenyl or C 24 - alkynyl;
  • R 1q is selected from H, CN, COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 , -N(R 162 ) 2 , OR 161 , SR 161 , -NHCOR 162 , -NH-CO-COOR 161 , -NH-CO-CON(R 162 ) 2 , NHSO 2 R c , CONHSO 2 R c , SO 2 NHCOR c , tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 ;
  • q is 0 or 1 ;
  • each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R 160 ;
  • Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
  • R 6a is defined as:
  • R 7a and R 8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or R 7a and R 8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from. O, N, and S; and when L is N(R 5a )R 6a , either of R 7a or R 8a may be covalently bonded to R 5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R so ; . and
  • Y 2 is O or S
  • R 9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or R 9a is covalently bonded to either of R 7a or R 8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
  • Q 1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
  • Q 1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d. 3 ) alkyl-aryl or (d. 3 )alkyl-Hetaryl;
  • Q 1b is phenyl or Hetaryl
  • Q 1c is a bond, O-C ⁇ -4-alkyl, S-C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl, C ⁇ -4-alkyl, C 2 --*,-alkenyl or C 24 - alkynyl;
  • R 1q is selected from H, CN, COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 , -N(R 16 ) 2 , OR 161 , SR 161 , -NHCOR 162 , -NH-CO-COOR 61 , -NH-CO-CON(R 162 ) 2 , NHSO 2 R c , CONHSO 2 R c , SOzNHCpR 0 , tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO 2 N(R 62 ) 2 ;
  • q O or l ;
  • each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R 160 ;
  • Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to.4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
  • Z is defined as OR 0 , wherein R° is optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • R° is H, (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, d-salkyKC-j- ⁇ Jcycloal yl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, (C ⁇ - 3 alkyl)phenyl, (C ⁇ . 3 )alkyl-pyridinyl, wherein said alkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl-phenyl or alkyl-pyridinyl is optionally substituted with
  • R 162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle.
  • a most preferred meaning of Z according to this embodiment is OH.
  • Z is defined as N(R N2 )R N wherein R N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N and R N2 , is optionally substituted with R 60 .
  • R N1 and R N2 in this embodiment are: R N2 is H, methyl, (d- ⁇ alkyi. dw cycloalkyl or (d- 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with d- 3 -alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d- )alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d_ 4 -alkyl), -N(C 1 - -alkyl) 2 and/or -O-(C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl); whereby R N2 is most preferably H; and
  • R N is methyl, (C 2 -6)alkyl, (C 1 - 4 )alkyl-phenyl or (C ⁇ - 4 .alkyl-Het; wherein all of the methyl and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with C ⁇ . 3 -alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (C 1 - 4 )alkoxycarbonyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C 1 - 4 -alkyl), CON(C 1 - -alkyl) 2 ; and/or wherein said alkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d- 4 - alkyl), -N(C 1 . -alkyl) 2 and/or -O-(C ⁇ - 4 -alkyl); and
  • Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group;
  • phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
  • N-thiomorpholinyl N-piperazinyl, -(d- ⁇ alkyl-OH, -(C 1 - 4 )alkyl-O-(C 1 ⁇ )alkyl, -(d ⁇ alkyl-COOH, -(C 1 - 4 )aIkyl-COO(C 1 ⁇ )alkyl, -(C*,.
  • R N1 and R N2 in this embodiment wherein Z is defined as N(R N2 )R N1 are:
  • R N2 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, all of which being optionally substituted with methyl, fluorine, chlorine, carboxyl or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n-propyl or i-propyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, - NH(CH 3 ), -N(CH 3 ) 2 and/or -O-(CH 3 );
  • jN1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, pyridinylmethyl or pyridinylethyl; wherein said methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i-propyl, groups are optionally substituted with fluorine, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl,.
  • phenyl and pyridinyl group is optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
  • substituents selected from: methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, -COOH, -COOCH 3 , CONH 2 , CONH(CH 3 ),
  • R N2 is preferably H, methyl or ethyl, most preferably H
  • R N1 is preferably benzyl or phenylethyl, both of which are optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, fluorine, chlorine, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, CONH 2 , CONH(CH 3 ), CON(CH 3 ) 2 ; and which at the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
  • Z is defined as NR N2 -SO 2 -R G or NR N2 -CO-R c wherein R N2 and R c are preferably defined as follows:
  • R N2 is H, (dialkyl, (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl or (d. 3 )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl; in particular H; and
  • alkyl is (d-e)alkyl, (C 3 - 6 )cycIoalkyl, (C ⁇ - 3 )alkyl-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, (C* ⁇ - 3 )alkyl-phenyl, (d_ 3 )alkyt-naphthyl, (C
  • R c is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyi, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, diazepine, azepine, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzothiazole, purine, pteridine,
  • R 60 substituents selected from R 60 , particularly OH, CN, halogen, nitro, (d. 3 )alkyl, O(d. 3 )alkyl, carboxyl, COO(d- 3 )alkyl, amino, NH(d- 3 )alkyl, N((C 1 - 3 )alkyl) 2 , NHCO(C*,. 3 )alkyl, wherein the alkyl groups may be substituted by halogen.
  • R 5b is defined as R N2 and R 6b is:
  • R 7b is defined as H, COOH, CONH 2 , (d- 6 )alkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (C ⁇ )alkyl- (C 3 - ⁇ )cycloalkyl, (C 2 - 6 )alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C ⁇ - 4 )alky ⁇ -aryl, (d- 4. alkyl-Het; all of which are optionally substituted with R 60 ; and
  • ,8b is H or (dialkyl; or
  • R 7b and R 8 are covalently bonded together to form a second (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and • when Z is N(R s )R 6b , either of R 7b or R 8b may be covalently bonded to R 5b to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 150 ; and
  • alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C*i- 3 ) alkyl;
  • Q 2 is a group of the subformula Illb
  • Q 2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d. 3 ) alkyl-aryl or (d. 3 )alkyl-Hetaryl; . .
  • Q 2b is phenyl or Hetaryl
  • Q 2c is a bond, O-d- 4 -alkyl, S-C ⁇ -alkyl, C ⁇ - ⁇ -alkyl, C 2Jr alkenyl or
  • R 170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
  • R is selected from H, CN, COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 16 ) 2 , -N(R 162 ) 2 , OR 161 , SR 161 , -NHCOR 162 ,'-NH-CO-COOR 161 , -NH-CO-CON(R 162 ) 2 , NHSO 2 R c , CONHSO 2 R c , SO 2 NHCOR c , tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 ; 5 qa is 0 or 1 ;
  • qb is 0 or 1 ;
  • each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R 160 ;
  • Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic 15.
  • heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
  • index qa is 1.
  • R 5b is defined as R N2 and R 6b i.
  • R 7b and R 8b are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally 25 substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R 7b and R 8b are covalently bonded together to form a (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6- membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; or when Z is N(R 5 )R 6b , either of R 7b or R 8b may be covalently bonded to R 5b 30 to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R 150 ; and Y 3 is O or S;
  • R 9 is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R 60 ; or
  • R 9b is covalently bonded to either of R 7b or R 8b to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • Q 2 is a group of the subformula 1Mb
  • Q 2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (C 1 - 3 ) alkyl-aryl or (C 1 . 3 )alkyl-Hetaryl;
  • Q 2b is a phenyl or Hetaryl;
  • Q 2c is a bond, O-C ⁇ -alkyl, S-d- 4 -alkyl, d. 4 -alkyl, C ⁇ -alkenyl or C ⁇ -alkynyl, wherein said O-C ⁇ - -alkyl, S-d- 4 -alkyl, d. 4 -alkyl, C 2-4 -alkenyl or C ⁇ -alkynyl are optionally substituted with R 170 wherein R 170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
  • R 2 is selected from H, CN, COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 , -N(R 162 ) 2 ,
  • qa is 0 or 1 ;
  • qb is 0 or 1 ; wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R 160 ; and
  • Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
  • index qa is 1.
  • L is OR 6a or N(R N2 )R 6a wherein R 6a is:
  • W 1 and W 2 or both W 1 and W 2 represent a single bond.
  • R 7a and R 7b or both R 7a and R 7b are H, COOH, CONH 2 , CF 3 , (dialkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, (C 1 . 3 )alkyl-(C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, Hetaryl or (d- 3 )alkyl- Hetaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl groups and Hetaryl groups are optionally subsituted with R 160 .
  • R 8a and R 8b or both R 8 8 a a a planted formuland J D R8 8 b B are H and CH 3
  • R 7a and R 8a and/ or R 7b and R 8b are covalently bonded together to form a second (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 2 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted with R 160 , preferably with 1 to 3 substituents selected from hydroxy, (d- 3 )alkyl, CO(C . 3 )alkyl and SO 2 (C ⁇ . 3 )alkyl.
  • R 7a and R 7b is each independently preferably selected from COOH, CONH 2 , methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i- propyl, 2-methylpropyl, hydroxy-m ethyl, 1-hydroxy-ethyl, amino-methyl, 1 -amino- . ethyl, 2-hydroxy-ethyl, 2-methylthio-ethyl, 2-amino-ethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)-ethyl and thiazolyl, wherein the thiazolyl group is optionally substituted with R 160 ; or
  • R 7 and R 8b are covalently bonded together to form a cyclic group preferably selected from:
  • the groups CR' a R Ba and CR 7'b D D R8 B b D are independently selected from
  • R 9a and/or R 9b is preferably H, (d- 3 alkyl), (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyi or
  • Q and Q ⁇ 2a are independently selected from
  • R L is H, (C ⁇ alkyl) or (C ⁇ - 4 )alkoxy
  • R Q is H or CH 3 , (C 2 - 6 alkyl), -CH 2 -(C 2 . 6 alkenyl), -CH 2 -(C 2 . 6 alkynyl), (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (C ⁇ --t)alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl; all of which being optionally substituted with d-e- alkyl, halogen, carboxy or C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, C* ⁇ - 6 -aikoxy, amino, -NH(d- 4 -a!kyl) and/or -N(d_ -alkyl) 2 ;
  • Q 1 and/or Q 2b are selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furan, thiophene, oxazole, thiazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrazole, imidazole and pyrazine.
  • Q ⁇ 1b a sexual calendarn,d, ⁇ Q2b are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 1q and R 2q are preferably selected from H, CN, COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 , SO 2 N(R 16 ) 2 , -N(R 162 ) 2 , OR 161 ,-NHCOR 162 , -NH-CO-COOR 161 , -NH-CO-CON(R 162 ) 2 , NHSO 2 R c , CONHSO 2 R c , SO 2 NHCOR c , tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 ; most preferably selected from COOR 161 , CON(R 162 ) 2 and SO 2 N(R 162 ) 2 ; wherein R 161 and R 162 are as defined, but most preferably H and/or methyl.
  • Q and Q 2 are independently selected from:
  • cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R 160 ; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH 3 ), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
  • R 170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R 170 is defined as H, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 3 ; and
  • R° is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R Q is defined as H, (d. 6 alkyl), (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - 4 )alkyl-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 are independently selected from:
  • cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R 160 ; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH 3 ), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
  • R 170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R 170 is defined as H, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 3 ; and
  • R Q is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R Q is defined as H, (C ⁇ - 6 alkyl), (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • Q 1a or Q 2a is a phenylene or Hetaryl group
  • preferred substituents of this group are selected from (C ⁇ _ 3 )alkyl and (d. 3 )alkoxy, especially from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 which are substituted are for example:
  • R 170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R 170 is defined as H, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 3 ;.
  • N(R 5a )R 6a and N(R 5b )R 6b are described for those cases wherein either L or Z, or both L and Z are defined as follows:
  • examples of very preferred groups L and Z, in case qa is 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R ; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH 3 ), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
  • R 170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R 170 is defined as H, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 3 ; and
  • R Q is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R Q is defined as H, (d- 6 alkyl), (C . 6 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • R Q is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R Q is defined as H, (d- 6 alkyl), (C . 6 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - )alkyl-(C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • preferred groups Z in case qa is 0, are independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • N(R 5a )R 6a and N(R 5b )R 6b are described for those cases wherein either L orZ, or both.L and Z are defined as follows:
  • L is N(R 5a )R ba wherein R 6a is:
  • Z is N(R 5b )R 6b wherein R 6b is:
  • L and Z are more preferably independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R 160 ; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH 3 ), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
  • R 170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R 170 is defined as H, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 3 ; and
  • R Q is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R Q is defined as H, (C* ⁇ - 6 alkyl), (C 3 - 6 )cycloalkyl or (C 1 - )alkyl-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
  • R 2 is R 21 , wherein R 21 is a phenyl or Het selected from the group of formulas
  • R 2 as defined above is substituted, it is preferably substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
  • R 2 is selected from:
  • R 3 is preferably selected from (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl, (C 5 - 7 )cycloalkenyl, (C 6 . ⁇ o)bicycloalkyl, (C 6 . ⁇ o)bicycloalkenyl, or HCy wherein said groups are unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by halogen, hydroxy, dialkyl and/or O-d ⁇ alkyl, wherein the alkyl groups may be fluorinated.
  • R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl,
  • R 3 is cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
  • R a , R 4 , R 5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, (C-uJalkyl, CF 3 , (d ⁇ )alkoxy, -O-(C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, -O-(C 1 . 3 )alkyl- (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyI, -O-aryl, -O-(C*,.
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, methyl, CF 3 . methoxy, carboxy, amino, -NMe 2 , -CONH 2 , -NHCONH 2 , -CO-NHMe, -NHCONHMe, -CO-NMe 2 or -NHCONMe 2 ; in particular H, methyl or methoxy.
  • R 4a is H or methyl.
  • Very most preferably at least two of the substituents selected from R 4a , R 4 , R 5' are H.
  • the substituents R 60 are preferably each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
  • Het is selected from furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydropyran, pyridinyl, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine;
  • R N1 , R c and/or R° are optionally substituted with R 1so as defined.
  • R 150 is preferably defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 fluorine-substituents; - one of each substituent selected from: chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO 2 , cyano, azido; and
  • R 160 is preferably defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
  • each substituent selected from chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, COOH, COOCH 3 , OH, OCH 3 , OCF 3 , NH 2 , NHCH 3 , N(CH 3 ) 2 , SO 2 NH 2 , NHCOCH 3 , SO 2 NHCOCH 3 , CONH 2 , CONHCH 3 and
  • R°, R c are independently selected from (Chalky!, (C 3 - 6 )cycloaikyl, 20 (C ⁇ - 3 )alkyi-(C 3 . 6 )cycloalky), phenyl, benzyl, Het, (d- 3 )aIkyl-Het; all of which are optionally substituted as defined; and R° may also be H.
  • R N1 is preferably selected from H, (dialkyl, (C 3 . 6 )cycloalkyl, (C**. 3 )alkyl-
  • R N2 , R N3 , R N4 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl; all of which being optionally substituted with methyl, fluorine, carboxy or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n- propyl or i-propyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy* methoxy, amino, -NH(CH 3 )
  • R N2 and R N1 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated heterocycle which may have additionally one heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein said heterocycle is optionally substituted as defined.
  • Preferred compounds according to this invention are listed in the tables. Particularly compounds of these tables are preferred which show an IC 50 value of below 200 nM, as for example those compounds included in the claims 51 , 52, 53, 54 and 55.
  • RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV The ability of the compounds of formula (I) to inhibit RNA synthesis by the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV can be demonstrated by any assay capable of measuring RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity.
  • a suitable assay is described in the examples.
  • the compounds of the invention act by specific inhibition of HCV polymerase, the compounds may be tested for inhibitory activity in a DNA dependent RNA polymerase assay.
  • a compound of formula (I), or one of its therapeutically acceptable salts When a compound of formula (I), or one of its therapeutically acceptable salts, is employed as an antiviral agent, it is administered orally, topically or systemically to mammals, e.g. humans, cattle, pigs, dogs, cats, rabbits or mice, in a vehicle comprising one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, the proportion of which is determined by the solubility and chemical nature of the compound, chosen route of administration and standard biological practice.
  • the compound or a therapeutically acceptable salt thereof can be formulated in unit dosage forms such as capsules or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, ranging from about 25 to 500 mg, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compound can be formulated in pharmaceutically accepted vehicles containing 0.1 to 5 percent, preferably 0.5 to 5 percent, of the active agent.
  • Such formulations can be in the form of a solution, cream or lotion.
  • the compound of formula (I) is administered by either intravenous, subcutaneous or intramuscular injection, in compositions with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or carriers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or carriers for administration by injection, it is preferred to use the compounds in solution in a sterile aqueous vehicle which may also contain other solutes such as buffers or preservatives as well as sufficient quantities of pharmaceutically acceptable salts or of glucose to make the solution isotonic.
  • Suitable vehicles or carriers for the above noted formulations are described in pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., 1995, or in “Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drugs Delivery Systems", 6th ed., H.C. Ansel et al., Eds., Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Maryland, 1995.
  • the dosage of the compound will vary with the form of administration and the particular active agent chosen. Furthermore, it will vary with the particular host under treatment. Generally, treatment is initiated with small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstance is reached. In general, the compound of formula I is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
  • the compound or a therapeutically acceptable salt is administered in the range of 10 to 200 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, with a preferred range of 25 to 150 mg per kilogram.
  • the compound of formula (I) is administered at a dosage of 10 mg to 150 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, although the aforementioned variations will occur.
  • a dosage level that is in the range of from about 10 mg to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day is most desirably employed in order to achieve effective results.
  • compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent
  • both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.
  • these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV polymerase or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection.
  • Such treatment may also be achieved using the compounds of this invention in combination with agents which include, but are not limited to: immunomodulatory agents, such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, or ⁇ -interferons; other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include, but are not limited to, helicase, NS2/3 protease, NS3 protease, or internal ribosome entry site (IRES); or combinations thereof.
  • immunomodulatory agents such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, or ⁇ -interferons
  • other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine
  • other inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include, but are not limited to, helicase, NS2/3 protease, NS3 protease, or internal ribosome entry site (IRES); or
  • Indole derivatives or analogs according to the present invention can be prepared from known monocyclic aromatic compounds by adapting known literature sequences such as those described by J.W. Ellingboe et al. (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 7963) and S. Cacchi et al. (Tet. Lett. 1992, 33, 3915).
  • Scheme 1 shown below wherein R 1 , R 2 , Sp, Y and L are as described herein, illustrate how these procedures can be adapted to the synthesis of compounds of formula I of this invention.
  • a palladium metal complex such as PdCI 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 , Pd 2 dba 3 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 and the like), a base (EtsN, DIEA and the like or an inorganic basic salt including metal carbonates, fluorides and phosphates), and optionally in the presence of an additional phosphine ligand (triaryl or heteroarylphosphine, dppe, dppf, dppp and the like).
  • Suitable solvents for this reaction include DMF, dioxane, THF, DME, toluene, MeCN, DMA and the like at temperatures ranging from 20 °C to 170 °C, or alternatively without solvent by heating the components together.
  • the cross-coupling reaction can be carried out on a suitably protected form of 3-amino-4-iodobenzoate and the amino group can be trifluoroacetylated in the subsequent step as described by J.W. Ellingboe et al. (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 7963). Reaction of the above diarylalkynes l(iii) with an enol triflate or equivalent under cross-coupling conditions similar to those described above gives after hydrogenation of the double bond, indole derivatives l(iv).
  • Enol triflates are known and can be prepared from the corresponding ketones by following known literature methods (for example, cyclohexene triflate can be prepared from cyclohexanone, triflic anhydride and a hindered organic base such as 2,6-di-fet -butyl-4-methylpyridine).
  • the hydrogenation of the double bond originally present in R 3 can be carried out with hydrogen gas or a hydrogen donor (ammonium formate, formic acid and the like) in the presence of a metal catalyst (preferably Pd) in a suitable solvent (lower alkyl alcohols, THF etc.).
  • indole derivative l(iv) is then alkylated on nitrogen with an appropriate spacer (Sp) and further elaborated if necessary to give ⁇ /-alkylated indole carboxylates where Y, Sp and L are as defined herein.
  • the resulting carboxyindole derivative is converted to compounds of formula 1 by coupling with the appropriate Z group.
  • Condensation of the 6-indolecarboxylic acid with amines or alcohols can be accomplished using standard amide bond forming reagents such as TBTU, HATU, BOP, BroP, EDAC, DCC, isobutyl chloroformate and the like, or by - activation of the carboxyl group by conversion to the corresponding acid chloride prior to condensation with an amine. Any remaining protecting group is removed following this step to give compounds of formula 1.1.
  • compounds of formula 1.1 can be prepared by elaboration from a preexisting indole core by following adaptations of literature procedures as described, for example, by P. Gharagozloo et al. (Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 10185) or K. Freter (J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 2525). Such a methodology is illustrated in Scheme 2: SCHEME 2
  • Suitable conditions to affect this condensation include strong bases such as alkali metal hydroxides, alkoxides and hydrides in solvents such as lower alkyl alcohols (MeOH, EtOH, terfBuOH etc.), THF, dioxane, DMF, DMSO, DMA and the like at reaction temperature ranging from -20 °C to 120 °C.
  • solvents such as lower alkyl alcohols (MeOH, EtOH, terfBuOH etc.), THF, dioxane, DMF, DMSO, DMA and the like at reaction temperature ranging from -20 °C to 120 °C.
  • the condensation can be carried out under acid conditions using organic or mineral acids or both.
  • Appropriate conditions include mixtures of AcOH and aqueous phosphoric acid at temperatures ranging from 15°C to 120 °C.
  • the carboxylic acid group is then protected in the form of an ester (usually lower alkyl) using known methods.
  • Halogenation (usually bromination, but also iodination) of the 2-position of the indole 2(iii) gives 2(iv).
  • Suitable halogenating agents include, for example, elemental bromine, ⁇ /-bromosuccinimide, pyridine tribromide, dibromohydantoin and the corresponding iodo derivatives.
  • Suitable solvents for this reaction are inert to reactive halogenating agents and include for example hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons (DCM, CCI 4 , CHCI 3 ), ethers (THF, DME, dioxane), acetic acid, ethyl acetate, IPA, and mixtures of these solvents. Reaction temperature ranges from -40 °C to 100 °C. A method of choice to carry out the bromination of indoles as shown in Scheme 2 was described by L. Chu (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 3871).
  • the 2-bromoindole derivatives 2(iv) can be converted to fully substituted key intermediates l(v) by different sequences: (1) Trans-metallation of the 2- bromoindole to tin, boron, zinc species and the like, followed by cross-coupling reaction with aryl or heteroaryl halides under transition metal catalysis as described in scheme 1 gives indole derivative 2(vii) which can then be elaborated on nitrogen as described in scheme 1 to give key intermediate 1(v).
  • the indoleic NH is optionally protected with known protecting groups such as BOC, MOM, SEM, SO 2 Ph and the like. The protecting group is removed at a later stage of the sequence, prior to linker attachment.
  • the conversion of 2-bromoindole derivatives 2(iv) to the corresponding organotin species 2(vi) is carried out via initial low- temperature (usually -78 ° to -30 °C) halogen-metal exchange using an alkyllithium reagent (e.g. nBuLi or ferf-BuLi) or using lithium metal.
  • an alkyllithium reagent e.g. nBuLi or ferf-BuLi
  • the transient 2-lithioindole species is then trapped with a trialkyltin halide (e.g. nBu 3 SnCI or Me 3 SnCI) or a borate ester (e.g. trimethyl or triisopropyl borates).
  • the lithioindole intermediate can be trapped with zinc chloride to form the corresponding organozincate which can also undergo transition metal-catalyzed cross-coupling with aromatic and heteroaromatic halides or triflates as described, for example, by M. Rowley (J. Med. Chem. 2001 , 44, 1603).
  • species such as 2(vi) where the indoleic NH is masked with a protecting group can be generated directly from 2(iii) by ester formation followed by indole NH protection and abstraction of the 2-H proton with strong base (e.g. alkyllithiums, alkalimetal amides) followed by trans- metallation.
  • 2-bromoindole 2(iv) can be cross-coupled directly to aryl and heteroaryl stannanes or boronic acid derivatives to give 2(vii) directly.
  • Boron or tin organometallic species are from commercial sources or can be prepared by standard literature procedures.
  • 2-bromoindole 2( ⁇ v) is first elaborated on nitrogen to give 2(v) which is then cross-coupled to R 2 to give the same intermediate 1 (v) as described above.
  • Cross-coupling with organoboron reagents can be carried out by any variations of the Suzuki cross-coupling reaction reported in the literature.
  • a transition metal catalyst usually Pd°
  • triaryl or triheteroarylphosphine ligands an additive such as an inorganic chloride (e.g. LiCI)
  • a base usually an aqueous inorganic base such as sodium or potassium carbonate or phosphate.
  • EtOH alcoholic solvent
  • DME toluene
  • THF toluene
  • Cross-coupling with tin reagents can be carried out by any variations of the Stille cross-coupling reaction reported in the literature.
  • a transition metal catalyst usually Pd°
  • triaryl or triheteroaryl phosphine ligands an additive such as an inorganic chloride (e.g. LiCI) or iodide (e.g. Cul).
  • Suitable solvents for this reaction include toluene, DMF, THF, DME and the like at temperatures ranging from 25 °C to 140 °C.
  • Intermediate l(v) is then converted to compounds of formula 1.1 as described for Scheme 1.
  • Reaction conditions to alkylate the nitrogen of an indole derivative are well known to those skilled in the art and include the use of strong bases such as alkali metal hydrides, hydroxides, carbonates, amides, alkoxides and alkylmetals, in the appropriate solvent (such as THF, dioxane, DME, DMF, MeCN, DMSO, alcohols and the like) at temperatures ranging from -78 °C to 140 °C.
  • An electrophilic form of Sp is used for the alkylation of the indole anion.
  • electrophilic species include iodides, bromides, chlorides and sulfonate esters (mesylate, tosylate, brosylate or triflate).
  • BroP Bromo tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate Bu: butyl
  • DIEA dusopropylethylamine
  • DME dimethoxyethane
  • DMF N./V-dimethylformamide
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • dppe 1 ,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane
  • dppf 1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
  • dppp 1 ,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane
  • DTT dithiothreitol
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N / ,N / -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HBTU O-Benzotriazol-1-yl-/V,N,N'.W-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • MOM methoxymethyl
  • PFU plaque forming units
  • Ph phenyl
  • RNAsin A ribonuclease inhibitor marketed by Promega Corporation
  • TBE tris-borate-EDTA
  • TBTU 2-( ⁇ H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate; tBu: tert-butyl; TFA: trifluoroacetic acid;
  • TFAA trifluoroacetic anhydride
  • Tris 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1 ,3-propanediol UMP: uridine 5'-monophosphate UTP: uridine 5'-triphosphate
  • Examples 1-33 illustrate methods of synthesis of representative compounds of this invention.
  • Methyl 3-amino-4-iodobenzoate 3-Amino-4-iodobenzoic acid (13.35 g, 50.8 mmol) was added to MeOH (150mL) and SOCI 2 (4.8 mL, 65.8 mmol, 1.3 equivalent) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 3 h and then volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was co- evaporated 3 x with MeOH and dried in vacuo (15.23 g).
  • Methyl 3-trifluoroacetamido-4-iodobenzoate The aniline derivative from above (14.53 g, 52 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (200 mL) and TFAA (15 mL, 104 mmol) was added. The dark purple solution was refluxed overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was passed through a short pad of silica gel using DCM as eluent. The desired product was obtained as a pink solid (13.81 g): MS (ES ' ) m/z 371.9 (M-H).
  • Methyl 3-(cyclohexenyl)-2-phenylindole 6-carboxylate A flame-dried flask was charged with finely powdered anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (0.153 g, 1.1 mmol) and the alkyne derivative from above (0.390 g, 1.1 mmol). Dry DMF (4 mL) was added and the suspension degassed with a stream of argon. The enol triflate derived from cyclohexanone, prepared following the procedure described by A.G. Martinez, M. Hanack et al. (J. Heterocyclic Chem.
  • a 12 L round-bottomed flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and a mechanical stirrer, and the system was purged with nitrogen gas.
  • 6-indole carboxylic acid (300.00 g, 1.86 mole, 3 equivalents) was charged into the flask, followed by MeOH (5.5 L). After stirring for 10 min at room temperature, cyclohexanone (579 mL, 5.58 mole) was added.
  • Methanolic sodium methoxide (25% w/w, 2.6 L, 11.37 mole, 6.1 equivalents) was added in portions over 10 min. The mixture was then refluxed for 48 h. After cooling to room temperature, water (4 L) was added and methanol removed under reduced pressure.
  • Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxyiate Adapting the procedure of L. Chu (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 3871) methyl 3-cyclohexyl-6- indole carboxyiate (4.65 g, 18.07 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (80 mL) and CHCI 3 (80 mL). The solution was cooled in an ice bath and pyridinium bromide perbromide (pyridine tribromide, 7.22 g, 22.6 mmol, 1.25 equivalent) was added. After stirring for 1.5 h at 0 °C, the reaction was judged complete by TLC.
  • the precipitated potassium salt is collected by filtration, and washed with TBME (2 X 500 mL) to remove cyclopentanone self-condensation products.
  • the brown solid was re-dissolved in water (2.5 L) and the solution washed with TBME (2 X 1 L).
  • HCl 425 mL
  • the beige precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 X 1 L) and dried under vacuum at 70 °C.
  • the crude product weighed 275.9 g (88.9 % mass recovery) and had an homogeneity of 85% (HPLC).
  • Methyl 3-cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxyiate The indole carboxylic acid from above was converted to the corresponding methyl ester using the carbonate / iodomethane procedure described in example 2.
  • Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxyiate The indole carboxyiate from above was brominated using pyridinium bromide perbromide following the procedure described in example 2.
  • Cross-coupling of aromatic/heteroaromatic boronic acid or ester derivatives with 2- bromoindoles can be performed using any variations of the standard metal-catalyzed Suzuki cross-coupling reaction as described in the literature and well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting.
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (3.06 g, 2.65 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) was added and the mixture stirred overnight at 75-85 °C under argon. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue re-dissolved in EtOAc (500 mL). The solution was washed with water, saturated NaHCO 3 (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). After drying over a mixture of MgSO and decolorizing charcoal, the mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Methyl 1-carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate The tert-butyl ester from above (21.5 g, 49 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (90 mL) and TFA (65.6 mL) was added dropwise to the solution which was stirred for 5 h at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the residue was co-evaporated 3 x with DCM and then dried under vacuum. The crude product was triturated with a mixture of hexane (200 mL) and DCM (20 mL), filtered and dried under vacuum to give the title compound of example 6 as a white solid (18.62 g, 99 % yield).
  • the 2-bromoindole from example 2 was ⁇ /-alkylated with tert-butylbromoacetate using NaH in DMF and the tert-butyl ester cleaved with TFA as described in example 6 to give the title compound of example 8 as a white solid.
  • the 2-bromoindole derivative from above (6.10 g, 13.54 mmol) was charged in a 100 mL flask equipped with a stirrer and reflux condenser. Anhydrous dioxane (50 mL) was added and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin (6.27 g, 17.37 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through the suspension for 40 min. Dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.51 g, 0.72 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 100 °C under an argon atmosphere.
  • X H, alkyl, NH 2 , NH(alkyl), NHCO(alkyl)
  • the extract was washed with water, dried (MgSO ) and concentrated to give a residue that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 15-20 % EtOAc in hexane as eluent.
  • the methyl ester of example 13 was obtained as a light-yellow solid.
  • the methyl ester from above (0.040 g, 0.095 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) and 2.5 N NaOH (400 ⁇ L) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 5 h after which the reaction was judged complete by TLC. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between 10 % aqueous HCl and DCM.
  • the amide of example 9 (0.060 g, 0.137 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and P 2 S 5 (0.031 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.51 equiv.) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 15 h after which another portion of P 2 S 5 (0.020 g) was added. After stirring for an additional 2 h at 50 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue passed through a plug of silica gel using 60 % EtOAc in hexane + 3 % AcOH as eluent. The fractions containing the product were combined and after removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound of example 14 as a white amorphous solid (11 mg).
  • the crude methyl ester (540 mg, -2.2 mmol) and SnCI 2 dihydrate (2.25 g, 10 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 hours. After that period, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and was slowly added to aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO 3 . The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the amide was dissolved in acetic acid (10 mL) and stirred at 70 °C for 3 hours to induce dehydration and cyclization to the benzymidazole.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with 10% aqueous citric acid (2x), aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 and brine.
  • the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness.
  • the residue was purified by flash column chromatography, using a solvent gradient of hexane in ethyl acetate (from 80 % to 50 %), to give the SEM-protected benzymidazole intermediate as a pink solid (574 mg).
  • R, R', R" are H or alkyl.
  • R, R', R" are H or alkyl.
  • Methyl 1 -(2-carboxy-ethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1 H-indole-6-carboxylate The tert-butyl ester from above (40 mg) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and TFA (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature after which volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated twice with DCM and used as such in the next step.
  • 2-aminoisobutyric acid was converted to the corresponding amino acid chloride hydrochloride: 2-oxazolidinone (12.30 g, 0.141 mole) was dissolved in MeCN (150 mL) and phosphorous pentachloride (49.02 g, 0.235 mole, 1.7 equivalent) was added in one portion. The homogeneous mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. 2-Aminoisobutyric acid (14.55 g, 0.141 mole) was added and the suspension was stirred for 48 h at room temperature.
  • the desired acid chloride hydrochloride was collected by filtration, washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum.
  • Other , -disubstituted amino acid chloride hydrochlorides can be prepared in an analogous fashion starting from the corresponding amino acid (e.g. 1- aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid, 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid, 1- aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid and the like).
  • the acid chloride (12.778 g, 80 mmol, 1.4 equivalent) was suspended in DCM (200 mL) and ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (11.045 g, 57.7 mmol, 1 equivalent) was added.
  • the acid from above (0.519 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (10 mL).
  • DIEA (1.39 mL, 8.0 mmol, 4 equivalents) was added, followed by ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (0.573 g, 3.0 mmol, 1.5 equivalent) and HATU (1.143 g, 3.0 mmol, 1.5 equivalents).
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days.
  • the reaction was poured into TBME (100 mL) and the solution washed successively with 10% aqueous citric acid (2 x 25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (25 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 .
  • Diazomethane was slowly added to a solution of 4-chloro-3-nitrocinnamic acid in CH 3 OH/CH 2 CI 2 until the yellow color persisted, indicating the presence of excess diazomethane.
  • the solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in DMSO.
  • the solution was heated to 140 °C and ammonia gas was bubbled through for a period of 4 hours.
  • the mixture was cooled to room temperature and degassed with N 2 , and poured onto ice. The precipitate formed was filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum for 16 hours to give the crude 4-amino-3-nitrocinnamic ester as a yellow solid (2.05 g).
  • N-Fmoc-(3-N-Boc)-(S)-cucurbitine (0.495 g, 1.09 mmol), ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (0.300 g, 1.57 mmol), ⁇ OAt (0.224, 1.65 mmol) and ⁇ ATU (0.626 g, 1.65 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (7 mL). To this mixture, 2,4,6-collidine (0.435 mL, 3.30 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 days.
  • reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution washed successively with 10% aqueous citric acid (2 x 25 mL), saturated aqueous Na ⁇ CO 3 (25 mL) and brine (25 mL), and dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 .
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 , DBU (0.658 mL, 4.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours.
  • N-Fmoc-amino-(3-N-Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid was coupled to the ethyl ester of 4-aminocinnamic acid using HATU / HOAT / collidine in DMF and the Fmoc protecting group was. removed with piperidine to give the title compound of example 24 in racemic form.
  • Racemic N-Fmoc-amino-(3-N-Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid could also be resolved into its two enantiomers by preparative HPLC on a chiral support (Chiralcel OD, 10 micron, 2.00 cm I.D. x 25 cm), using 35% H 2 O in MeCN as the eluent. Enantiomeric amines could then be coupled to indole carboxylic acids to prepare enantiomerically pure inhibitors.
  • the Boc-protected bromoaniline (10.7 g, 39.2 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (75 mL) in a flask equipped with an overhead stirrer. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and MeLi (1.2 M in Et 2 O, 33 m ' L, 39.2 mmol) was added drop wise while maintaining the internal temperature below 7 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and then cooled to -78 °C before n-BuLi (2.4 M in hexane, 17 mL, 39.2 mmol) was added drop wise, maintaining the internal temperature below -70 °C).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 h, B(OEt) 3 (17 mL, 98 mmol) was added drop wise (internal temperature ⁇ -65 °C) and stirring was continued for 45 min at -78 °C and at 0 °C for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then treated with 5% aqueous HCl (-100 mL, to pH ⁇ 1) for 15 min and NaCI(s) was added to saturate the aqueous layer.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with 0.5 M NaOH (4 x 100 mL) and the combined aqueous layers were acidified with 5% HCl (150 mL, to pH ⁇ 1 ) and extracted with Et 2 O (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give the N-Boc carbamate of 4-aminophenylboronic acid as a solid (7.5 g).
  • the carbamate-ester product was isolated after flash column chromatography using 20% to 30% EtOAc in hexane: 180 mg.
  • the aniline hydrochloride of example 26 was isolated after removal of the Boc protecting group with 4N HCl in dioxane for 30 min.
  • the ethyl ester of 5-nitroindole-2-carboxylic acid (0.300 g, 1.28 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (6 mL) and NaH (0.078 g, 60%, 1.92 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 20 min, then Mel (160 ⁇ L, 2.56 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with the addition of aqueous NaHCO 3 (-1%) while stirring vigorously. The brown solid formed (0.096 g) was filtered and dried in air overnight.
  • the 5-aminoindole derivative of example 27 was coupled to N-Fmoc-amino-(4-N- Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid.
  • the Boc protecting group was removed with 25% TFA in CH 2 CI 2 in the usual way, and the product was then dissolved in EtOH (6 mL).
  • AcOH (133 mg), acetaldehyde (33 mg, 0.74 mmol) and NaCNBH 3 (23mg, 0.37 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated to remove most of the solvent, the residue was re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 and brine.
  • the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 and concentrated to give the N-ethyl derivative as an orange solid.
  • Indole carboxylic acids were coupled to various amines (for example according to the examples 15a, 15b, 15c, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 34, 35, 36, 42, 43, or 45) using standard amide bond forming procedures familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Amide bond forming reagents include but are not limited to carbodiimides (DCC, EDC), TBTU, HBTU, HATU and BOP-CI in the presence or absence of additives such as HOBt or HOAT.
  • Indole carboxylic acids can also be activated for coupling by conversion to the corresponding acid chloride, symmetrical anhydride or unsymmetrical anhydrides using standard protocols familiar to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry.
  • indole carboxylic acids with amines is generally carried out in solvents such as THF, DCM, DMF, DMSO or MeCN, in the presence of a tertiary organic base including, but not limited to triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, collidine and dusopropylethylamine.
  • solvents such as THF, DCM, DMF, DMSO or MeCN
  • a tertiary organic base including, but not limited to triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, collidine and dusopropylethylamine.
  • Indole carboxylic acids were converted to the corresponding acid chloride and coupled to various sulfonamides in the presence of DMAP and an organic base such as triethylamine, DIEA, /V-methylmorpholine and the like.
  • the carboxylic acid was activated using amide bond forming agents such as carbodiimides (DCC, EDC), TBTU, HATU and the like and treated with sulfonamides in the presence of DMAP.
  • Sulfonamides were either from commercial sources or prepared from the corresponding sulfonyl chlorides and a solution of ammonia in dioxane.
  • ⁇ /-methylacylsulfonamide of example 31 was prepared from the acid chloride described in example 30 and ⁇ /-methylbenzenesulfonamide using the procedure of example 30.
  • Methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate (20.00 g, 131 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (350 mL) and K 2 CO 3 (24.19 g, 175 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and crotyl bromide (85%, 16.47 mL, 160 mmol) was added dropwise over 4 min. The resulting amber suspension was stirred for 4 h at room temperature. It was then poured into DCM and the solution washed with water and brine. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to a pale yellow oil consisting of a mixture of two isomeric allyl ether (4:1 ratio). Upon standing at room temperature, the oil partially crystallized. The supernatant was decanted and the crystals washed with hexane to provide 12.5 g of the desired ether as white crystals.
  • the crude product which consists of a mixture of aldehyde and lactol was obtained as a milky oil (9.9 g).
  • the crude product from above (9.9 g, 48 mmol) was suspended in 85% phosphoric acid (40 mL) and heated to 50 °C for 50 min after which a white solid precipitated.
  • Water (50 mL) was added and the solid collected by filtration. The material was then dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and water.
  • Indole 6-carboxylic acid (10.00 g, 62 mmol) was esterified by refluxing overnight in a mixture of MeOH (200 mL) and cone. H 2 SO 4 (1 mL). After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into sat. aqueous NaHCO 3 and extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with aqueous NaHC0 3 twice and water. Drying (MgS0 ) and removal of volatiles gave the desired methyl ester as a brown oil (10.4 g). The ester from above (10.40 g, 62 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (80 mL) and the solution cooled in ice.
  • the cinnamate derivative from above (0.400 g, 0.9 mmol) was dissolved in CHCI 3 (15 mL) and sodium azide (138 mg, 2.1 mmol) was added. TFA (0.39 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min and the mixture was then stirred at 60 °C for 4 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with CHCI 3 , washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 and dried (MgSO ).
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20% EtOAc in hexane as eluent, to give the desired azide as a yellow foam (0.207
  • the ortho-ethoxy-para-nitro cinnamate derivative prepared as described in example 36 (600 mg; 2.39 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid (5.5 mL) at 0°C and potassium nitrate (253 mg; 2.50 mmol) added in portions over 3 min. After 5 min, the resulting yellow-brown solution was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 3 h, the reaction was added to ice (75 g) resulting in a pale yellow precipitate. Once the ice had melted, the suspension was sonicated, filtered and washed several times with distilled water.
  • analogs of derivatives presented in examples 36 and 37 where the alkoxy group has been replaced by an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl substitutent can be prepared by converting such an alkoxy derivative (e.g. methoxy) to the corresponding phenol by cleaving the ether linkage with reagents such as BBr 3 and then converting the phenol substituent to the corresponding triflate.
  • Such triflates can then be used as substrates in a variety of transition metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions with organometallic reagents that would allow replacement of the triflate functionality by an alkyl substituent.
  • Such reagents might include tetraalkyltin, tetraalkenyltin, alkylboronic acid and alkenylboronic acid derivatives that would undergo cross-coupling under Pd° catalysis.
  • the substituent can be further elaborated (e.g. the double bond can be converted to a cyclopropane ring using a cyclopropanating reagent known to people skilled in the art)
  • the alkyl group has been introduced, the intermediates can then be elaborated to inhibitors following synthetic sequences described in previous examples.
  • Step 1 3-amino-4-methylbenzoic acid (15.00 g, 0.099 mol) was suspended in MeOH (150 mL) and thionyl chloride (25.33 mL, 0.347 mol, 3.5 equiv.) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated overnight at 70 °C. After cooling to RT, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue triturated with ether (150 mL). The solid was filtered off and dried (18.36 g). The solid was suspended in DCM (600 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (250 mL) was added.
  • Steps 2 and 3 the ester from above (12.50 g, 75.6 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (190 mL) and methylthioaldehyde dimethyl acetal (10.1 mL, 75.6 mmol) was added. The solution was cooled to -30 °C. N-chlorosuccinimide (10.10 g, 75.6 mmol) was added in 6 portions over 30 minutes. Triethylamine (10.6 mL, 75.6 mmol) was then added dropwise over 10 min and after stirring for an additional 15 min, the cooling bath was removed and the temperature brought to reflux. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and evaporated to dryness.
  • Step 4 the thiomethyl indole from above (8.37 g, 35.4 mmol) was dissolved in absolute EtOH (220 mL) and Raney-nickel (Ra-Ni) (25 g) was added. After stirring at RT for 3 h, another portion of Ra-Ni (15 g) was added and stirring resumed for an additional 45 min. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to give the desired indole (6.26 g, 93%).
  • Ra-Ni Raney-nickel
  • Steps 5 the indole ester from above (4.00 g, 21 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH (18 mL) and water (18 mL). KOH (11.86 g, 210 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. Cyclohexanone (7.26 g, 74 mmol, 3 equiv.) was added dropwise over 15 min and stirring at 75 °C was continued overnight. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and water (500 mL) was added to the residue. Insoluble material was removed by filtration and the aqueous phase was then washed with TBME (200 mL).
  • aqueous phase was acidified to pH 4 with formic acid to produce a white precipitate that was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried.
  • the desired cyclohexenylindole was obtained (4.77 g, 89%).
  • Steps 6-8 as described in example 2.
  • Steps 9-11 as described in examples 4 and 6..
  • Step 1 4-methylsalicylic acid (100 g, 0.66 mol) was dissolved in acetone (1 L) and K 2 C0 3 (227 g, 1.64 mol, 2.5 equiv.) was added in portions. The mixture was heated to reflux and dimethylsulfate (155 mL, 1.64 mol, 2.5 equiv.) was added dropwise over 1 h. The mixture was refluxed overnight. Additional K 2 CO 3 (90 g) and dimethylsulfate (60 mL) were added and the mixture refluxed for an additional 20 h. K 2 C0 3 (20 g) and dimethylsulfate (15 mL) were again added and after refluxing for 7 h, the reaction was judged complete by TLC.
  • Step 2 the ester from above (117 g, 0.649 mol) was charged in a flask cooled in ice. The ester was dissolved in cone. H S0 4 (600 mL) and the solution cooled to -3 °C.
  • Step 4 The enamine from step 3 (90.02 g, 0.321 mol) was dissolved in 1 :1 THF- MeOH (1.48 L) and the mixture heated to 35 °C in a water bath. Raney nickel (washed with THF, 6.3 g) was added followed by dropwise addition of hydrazine (18.5 g, 0.369 mol) over 15 min. After stirring for 1 h (internal temperature: 49 °C), a second portion of hydrazine (18.5 g) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred overnight at 49 °C.
  • Step 1 The starting protected amino acid was obtained using a similar procedure to that described in example 21 but using benzyl alcohol instead of trimethylsilyl ethanol in the curtius rearrangement.
  • the acid (7.48 g, 30mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and the solution cooled to -8 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • N- Methylmorpholine (3.63 mL, 33 mmol) was added dropwise followed by isobutylchloroformate (3.89 mL, 30 mmol). The suspension was stirred for 10 min and filtered under nitrogen, keeping the filtrate at -8 °C.
  • Step 2 The bromomethylketone from above (228 mg, 0.7 mmol) and thioacetamide (56.3 mg, 0.75 mmol) were heated to reflux in isopr ⁇ panol (5 mL). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the oily residue triturated with water to give a white precipitate that was collected, washed with water and dried in vacuum (185 mg, 87% yield).
  • Step 3 10% Pd on charcoal (70 mg) was suspended in EtOH (5 mL) and the protected thiazole derivative from above (180 mg) was added. Hydrochloric acid was added to acidify the reaction mixture which was then stirred under 1 atm of H 2 gas for 20 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the desired amine hydrochloride as a white solid (104 mg) after trituration with ether. The amine hydrochloride was coupled to indole derivatives under standard conditions.
  • Analogous thiazole derivatives can be prepared in a similar way by using differently substituted thioamide, thiourea or acylthiourea derivatives.
  • other protected amino acids can be used as starting materials in this sequence and converted to their respective bromo or chloromethylketones to be used in turn to prepare various substituted thiazole derivatives.
  • the 4-nitro-2-ethoxycinnamate (303 mg, 1.206 mmol), prepared as described in example 36 was dissolved in concentrated sulfuric acid ( 3 mL) and the solution cooled to 0 °C. Potassium nitrate (128 mg, 1.27 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 3.5 h at room temperature. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured over ice and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The crude product was washed with water, dried under vacuum and used without purification in the next step (390 mg).
  • the dinitro derivative from above (390 mg) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and methylamine in THF (3.02 mL of a 2M solution in THF) was added.
  • Step 1 4-methylsalicylic acid (32.1 g, 0.21 mol) and potassium carbonate (61.2 g, 0.44 mol) were suspended in acetone (300 mL) and the mixture brought to reflux temperature. Dimethyl sulfate (66.5 g, 0.53 mol) was added dropwise within 1 h and stirring continued overnight at reflux. Additional dimethylsulfate (30 mL) and potassium carbonate (2 X 15 g) were added and refluxing for an additional 24 h was required to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and inorganic salts removed by filtration using acetone for washings. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue was dissolved in MeOH (300 mL).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)

Abstract

An isomer, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer of a compound, represented by formula (I): wherein wherein A, B, R2, R3, L, M1, M2, M3, M4, Y1, Y0, Z and Sp are as defined in claim 1, or a salt thereof, as an inhibitor of HCV NS5B polymerase.

Description

VIRAL POLYMERASE INHIBITORS
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to inhibitors of RNA.dependent RNA polymerases, particularly those, viral polymerases within the Flaviviridae family, more particularly to HCV polymerase.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
About 30,000 new cases of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection are estimated to occur in the United States each year (Kolykhalov, A.A.; Mihalik, K.; Feinstone, S.M.; Rice, C;M.; 2000; J. Virol. 74: 2046-2051). HCV is not easily cleared by the hosts' immunological defences; as many as 85% of the people infected with HCV become chronically infected. Many of these persistent infections result in chronic liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma (Hoofnagle, J.H.; 1997; Hepatology 26: 15S-20S*). There are an estimated 170 million HCV carriers worldwide, and HCV-associated end-stage liver disease is now the leading cause of liver transplantation. In the United States alone, hepatitis C is responsible for 8,000 to 10,000 deaths annually. Without effective intervention, the number is expected to triple in the next 10 to 20 years. There is no vaccine to prevent HCV infection. Prolonged treatment of chronically infected patients with interferon or interferon and ribavjrin is the only currently approved therapy, but it achieves a sustained response in fewer than 50% of cases (Lindsay, K.L.; 1997; Hepatology 26: 71 S-77S*, and Reichard, O.; Schvarcz, R.; Weiland, O.; 1997 Hepatology 26: 108S-111S*).
HCV belongs to the family Flaviviridae, genus hepacivirus, which comprises three genera of small enveloped positive-strand RNA viruses (Rice, CM.; 1996; "Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication"; pp. 931-960 in Fields Virology; Fields, B.N.; Knipe, D.M.; Howley, P.M. (eds.); Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia Pa. *). The 9.6 kb genome of HCV consists of a long open reading frame (ORF) flanked by 5' and 3' non-translated regions (NTR's). The HCV 5' NTR is 341 nucleotides in length and functions as an internal ribosome entry site for cap- independent translation initiation (Lemon, S.H.; Honda, M.; 1997; Semin. Virol. 8: 274-288). The HCV polyprotein is cleaved co- and post-translationally into at least 10 individual polypeptides (Reed, K.E.; Rice, CM.; 1999; Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 242: 55-84*). The structural proteins result from signal peptidases in the N- terminal portion of the polyprotein. Two viral proteases mediate downstream cleavages to produce non-structural (NS) proteins that function as components of the HCV RNA replicase. The NS2-3 protease spans the C-terminal half of the NS2 and the N-terminal one-third of NS3 and catalyses cis cleavage of the NS2/3 site. The same portion of NS3 also encodes the catalytic domain of the NS3-4A serine protease that cleaves at four downstream sites. The C-terminal two-thirds of NS3 is highly conserved amongst HCV isolates, with RNA-binding, RNA-stimulated NTPase, and RNA unwinding activities. Although NS4B and the NS5A phosphoprotein are also likely components of the replicase, their specific roles are unknown. The C-terminal polyprotein cleavage product, NS5B, is the elongation subunit of the HCV replicase possessing RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRp) activity (Behrens, S.E.; Tomei, L; DeFrancesco, R.; 1996; EMBO J. 15: 12-22*; and Lohmann, V.; Kόrner, F.; Herian, U.; Bartenschlager, R.; 1997; J. Virol. 71: 8416- 8428*). It has been recently demonstrated that mutations destroying NS5B activity abolish infectivity of RNA in a chimp model (Kolykhalov, A.A.; Mihalik, K.; Feinstone, S.M.; Rice, CM.; 2000; J. Virol. 74: 2046-2051*).
The development of new and specific anti-HCV treatments is a high priority, and virus-specific functions essential for replication are the most attractive targets for drug development. The absence of RNA dependent RNA polymerases in mammals, and the fact that this enzyme appears to be essential to viral replication, would suggest that the NS5B polymerase is an ideal target for anti-HCV therapeutics. WO 00/06529, WO 00/13708, WO 00/10573, WO 00/18231, WO 01/47883, WO 01/85172 and WO 02/04425 report inhibitors of NS5B proposed for treatment of HCV.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
It is therefore an object of the invention to provide a novel series of compounds having good to very good inhibitory activity against HCV polymerase.
Further objects of this invention arise for the one skilled in the art from the following description and the examples.
In a first aspect of the invention, there is provided an isomer, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer of a compound, represented by formula I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein: either A or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
the group -C(=Y )-Z is covalently linked to either or
M1 is CR4a , M2 or M3, when not linked to -C(=Y1)-Z, is CR5,
M4 is CR 44bD,
and in addition one or two of the groups selected from M\ M2, M3 and M4 may also be N, with the proviso that the group M2 or M3 to which -C(=Y1)-Z is linked is an C- atom,
Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR51R52)kι-, wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3; R51, R52are independently H, (C*,-6)alkyl, (C3- )cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-
(C3.7)cycloalkyl, or
R51 and R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7- membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system optionally contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms . selected from N, O or S; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyl or cyclic system being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (C1-6)alkoxy, cyano, amino, -NH C-M-alkyl) and/or ^(d^-alky a;
Y° is O, S, NR11 or CR12R13, wherein
R11, R12, R13are each independently defined as R°; R 3 may also be COOR° or SO2Rc; wherein Rc and each R° is optionally substituted with R150;
or both R12 and R13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with R150;
L is Cι-6alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, C1.6alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl,
(Cι^alkyl)aryl, Het, (C*ι-6)alkyl-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
or Y° and L are covalently bonded to form a 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered mono- or a 8, 9, 10 or 11 -membered bicyclic group which is optionally unsaturated or aromatic and which optionally contains 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the mono- or bicyclic group is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is CR12R13, then L may also be H; or if Y■0u ; is.. ι
Figure imgf000006_0001
the~n L may also be ORυ, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O, S or NR11, then L may also be N(RN2)RN\ NRN3-N(RN2)RNi, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-SO2-Rc,
NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc and R° being optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O or S, then L may also be OR6a or N(R5a)R6a, wherein RSa is defined as RN2,
and wherein R6a is:
Figure imgf000006_0002
or R6a is:
Figure imgf000006_0003
wherein R7a and R8a are each independently defined as R°, COOR0 or CON(RN2)RN1, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W1 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C^) alkyl;
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is aryl, Het, (C*,.6)alkyl-aryl, (C^) alkyl-Het, (C1.6)alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C**.6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
Y1 is O, S or NR14, wherein R14 is H or (C,.β) alkyl;
Z is defined as a) OR0; b) SO2Rc; c) N(RN2)RN1; d) NRN3-N(RN2)RN1; e) NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc; f) NRN -NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1; g) NRN2-SO2-Rc or h) NRN3-SO2-N(RN2)RN1; i) NRN2-CO-Rc; j) COOR0; k) N(RN1)OR°; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN\ including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2, and/or RN3, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR6 or N(R5 )R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000008_0001
or RbD is
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein R7 , R8 , Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and
Q2 is aryl, Het, (d-^ alkyl-aryl, (C-^alkyl-Het, (C*,.6)alkyl-CONH-aryl or (Cι-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, C1-4- alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl and C2^-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160; and
R2 is selected from: halogen or R21, wherein R21 is aryl or Het, said R21 is optionally substituted with R150;
R3 is selected from (Chalky!, (C3_7)cycloalkyl, (C*,.3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl,
(C5.7)cycloalkenyl, (Cι_3)alkyl-(C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C6.ι0)bicycloalkyl, (C*ι-3)alkyl- (C6-ιo)bicycloalkyl, (C6.ι0)bicycloalkenyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C6-ι0)bicycloalkenyl, HCy or (C1.3)alkyl-HCy, wherein HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O,"S and N; " said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (C*ι-6)alkyl optionally substituted with:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - OR31 or SR31 wherein R31 is H, (C*ι-6alkyl), (C3.7)cycloalkyi or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or - N(R32)2 wherein each R32 is independently H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C*]-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR33 or SR33 wherein R33 is H, (C*,.6)alkyl, (C -7)cycloalkyl or
(C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl; d) N(R35)2 wherein each R35 is independently H, (C*ι.6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R35 are covalently, bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H or defined as R150;
R60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(C*,-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(Cι-6)alkyl, SO3H; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (C-i-e) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2.6)alkenyl, (C2-8)alkynyl,
(Cι.6)alkyl-(C3-7)cyc!oalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with. R.so. b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, SO2Rc, SO2N(RN )RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc, CONRN3SO2N(RN2)RN\ or CONRN2SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, N(RN2)SO2Rc or N(RN1)R°; f) N(RN2)CORc; g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; i) COR0; j) COOR°; k) CON(RN2)RN1; I) aryl, Het, (C*ι-4alkyl)aryl or (C^alkyOHet, all of which optionally being substituted with R150; wherein said RN1, Rc and R° are each independently optionally substituted with R150 as defined,
150 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2) C(=NH)NH(C1.6)alkyI or C(=NH)NHCO(Cι.6)alkyl; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (C*ι,6) alkyl, (C - )cycloalkyl,'C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2.6)alkenyi, (C2.8)alkynyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR° SO2Rc, SO2N(RN2)RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc or CON(RN2)SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, N(RN2)SO2Rc, or N(RN1)R°; f) N(RN2)CORc; g)' N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR°, N(RN3)COCON(RN2)OH5 N(RN3)COCON(RN2)OC1.4-alkyl or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; i) COR°; j) COOR0; k) tetrazole, triazole, CONRN3-SO2N(RN2)RN1; or CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R160 as defined;
,160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and
- one of each substituent selected from tetrazole, triazole, chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, CMalkyl, CF3, COOR161, SO3H, SR161, SCF3, SO2R163,
OR161, OCF3l N(R 62)2, SO2N(R162)2, NR162SO2Rc, NR162COR162, CON(R162)2, -NR161-CO-COOR161, -NR161-CO-CO(NR162)2, -CONR161SO2Rc, CONR161- SO2N(R162)2 or -SO2-NR 61-CORc, wherein R 6 , R163and each R162 is independently (d^Jalkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C -7)cycloalkyl; and R161 and each R162 may each independently also be H; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R° Rcare independently defined as (Cι.6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000011_0001
(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (d^)alkyl-aryl and (C^^alkyl-Het; and R° may also be H;
RN1 is independently selected from H, (d-6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000011_0002
. (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C^Jalkyl-aryl, (Cι* )alkyl-Het; or
RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently H, CH3, (C2-β)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (d.4)alkyl-
(C3.6)cycloalkyl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, C^-alkyl, C*ι.6-alkoxy, amino, -NH(C1-4-alkyl) and/or -N(d-4-alkyl)2; and wherein said
CH3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl; and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN2 and RN1; or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN3 and RN1, or RN2 and RN1; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S;
wherein Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
or a salt thereof. Included within the scope of this, invention are compounds of the formula (1) as described hereinbefore, to which a "detectable label", "affinity tag" or "photoreactive group" is linked.
The compounds according to this invention generally show a good to very good inhibitory activity against HCV polymerase. In particular compounds according to this invention inhibit RNA synthesis by the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV, especially of the enzyme NS5B encoded by HCV. A further advantage of compounds provided by this invention is their low to very low or even non-significant activity against other polymerases.
In a second aspect of the invention, there is provided a use of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an HCV polymerase inhibitor.
In a third aspect of the invention, there is provided a use of a compound of the formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity of the enzyme NS5B, encoded by HCV.
In a fourth aspect of the invention, there is provided a use of a compound of the formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of HCV replication.
In a fifth aspect of the invention, there (is provided a method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal, comprising administeπng to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof .
In a sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with another antiviral agent.
In a seventh aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of HCV infection, comprising an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
According to a specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more antiviral agents. Examples of antiviral agents include, ribavirin and amantadine.
According to a further specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an other anti-HCV agent as an antiviral agent.
According to a more specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an additional immunomodulatory agent as an other anti-HCV agent. Examples of additional immunomodulatory agents include but are not limited to, α-, β-, δ- γ-, tau- and ω-interferons.
According to another more specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise another inhibitor of HCV polymerase as an other anti-HCV agent.
According to another more specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease as an other anti-HCV agent.
According to yet another more specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle as an other anti-HCV agent. Examples of such other targets are HCV helicase, HCV NS2/3 protease or HCV IRES.
In an eighth aspect of the invention, there is provided a use of a compound of formula I according to this invention, or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or the prevention of a Flaviviridae viral infection, preferably an HCV infection.
In a ninth aspect of the invention, there is provided an intermediate compound represented by the formula 2(v) and 2'(v)
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein Y°, L, Sp, R° and R3 are defined as hereinbefore; and
X . is CI, Br or l.
Furthermore in a tenth aspect of this invention an intermediate compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000014_0002
and/or
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein Y\ Z, R', R , R , R4D and R are defined as hereinbefore;
not including compounds P1, P2, P3 and P4 of the following formula
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein
Cpd. z
Figure imgf000015_0003
Figure imgf000016_0001
In a eleventh aspect of the invention, there is provided a use of the intermediate compounds as defined above for the manufacture of compounds according to this invention.
A twelfth aspect of this invention is related to a process for producing compounds of formula 1.1
Figure imgf000016_0002
wherein Y , L, Sp, R , R and RJ are defined as before,
comprising the reaction of an indole derivative of the formula 2(iv)
Figure imgf000016_0003
wherein R° and R3 are defined as hereinbefore and X is Cl, Br or I; according to one of the following methods a), b), c) or d): 1.) cross-coupling of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) with an organometallic species such as, but not limited to i) a stannane derivative of the formula R2-SnR'3, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and R' is a d.8-alkyl or aryl group; or ii) a boronic acid derivative R2-B(OH)2 and R2-B(OR')2 , wherein R2 and R' are defined as hereinbefore; under transition metal catalysis to yield an indole derivative of the formula 2(vii)
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein R , R and R are defined as hereinbefore;
2.) the indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) is further processed by N- alkylation using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp,
Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ; or
b) 1.) halogen-metal exchange of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using an alkyllithium reagent or lithium metal; and
2.) trans-metallation of the reaction product yielded by the previous step using: i) a trialkyl tin halide; ii) a trialkyl borate; or iii) zinc chloride; and
3.) cross-coupling of the reaction product yielded by the previous step using R2-X, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and X is F, Cl, Br, I or triflate, under transition metal catalysis to yield an indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) as defined hereinbefore; and 4.) the indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) is further processed by N- alkylation using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate. tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the product of the formula 1.1; or
c) 1.) N-alkylation of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, l, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the indole derivative of the formula 2(v)
Figure imgf000018_0001
2.) 1.) halogen-metal exchange of the derivative of the formula 2(v) using an alkyllithium reagent or lithium metal; and
2.) trans-metallation of the reaction product according to the previous step using: i) a trialkyl tin halide; ii) alkyl borate; or iii) zinc chloride; and
3.) cross-coupling of the reaction product according to the previous step using R2-X, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and X is F, Cl, Br, I or triflate, under transition metal catalysis yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ; or
d) 1.) N-alkylation of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the indole derivative of the formula 2(v) as defined hereinbefore; and
2.) cross-coupling of the indole derivative of the formula 2(v) with an organometallic species such as, but not limited to i) a stannane derivative of the formula R2-SnR'3, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore. and R' is a d-g-aikyl or aryl group; or ii) a boronic acid derivative R2-B(OH)2 and R2-B(OR')2, wherein R2 and R' are defined as hereinbefore; under transition metal catalysis yielding the product of the formula 1.1.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions
The following definitions apply unless otherwise noted:
As used herein, the term (d.n) alkyl or Ci-n-alkyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, are intended to mean acyclic straight or branched chain alkyl radicals containing 1 to n carbon atoms respectively. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethy! (i-propyl), n-butyl, 1- - methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl (tert-butyl), n-pentyl, etc.. In the following the term Me denotes a methyl group.
If an alkyl group is substituted by halogen, it is preferably mono-, di- or trisubstituted with fluorine or monosubstituted by chlorine or bromine. Preferred alkyl-groups which are trisubstituted with fluorine have a terminal CF3 group.
As used herein, the term (C2.π) alkenyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond. Examples of such radicals are ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2-φropenyl, 1-butenyl, etc..
As used herein, the term (C2.n) alkynyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another group, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing 2 to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond. Examples of such radicals are ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, etc.
As used herein, the term (C3.n)cycloalkyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a cycloalkyl radical containing from three to n carbon atoms and includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. ^
As used herein, the term (C .n)cycloalkenyl, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, means an unsaturated cyclic radical containing five to n carbon atoms. Examples are cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. As used herein the term (C*i-n)alkyl-(C3-m)cycloalkyl, wherein n and m are integers, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a branched or straight chain alkyl radical having 1 to n C-atoms to which a cycloalkyl radical containing from three to m C-atoms is covalently bonded. Preferably the alkyl radical is a straight chain and the cycloalkyl radical is linked to its terminal C-atom. Examples of (C1-3)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 3-cyclopropylpropyl, 3-cyclobutylpropyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 3-cyclohexylpropyl, etc..
As used herein, the terms alkyl-aryl, alkyl-HCy, alkyl-Hetaryl, alkyl-Het, etc. mean an alkyl radical to which an aryl, HCy, Hetaryl, Het group is bonded, respectively. Examples of (C**.3)alkyl~ary! are benzyl (phenylmethyl), phenylethyl and phenylpropyl.
As used herein, the term "carboxy protecting group" (CPG) defines protecting groups that can be used during synthetic transformation and are listed in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981) and "The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981 ), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
A-carboxyl group is usually protected as an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid. Protecting groups that can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl, trimethylsilylethyl and f-butyl, 2) aralkyl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters that can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.
As used herein, the term "aryl" either alone or in combination with another radical means a 6- or 10-membered aryl, i.e. an aromatic radical containing six or ten carbon atoms, for example phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl. The most preferred meaning of aryl is phenyl.
As used herein the term heteroatom means O, S or N.
As used herein, the term "heterocycle", either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a four-, five-, six-, or seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, 1 H-imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, hόmopiperidine, homopiperazine, 1 ,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N- oxide or pyrimidine, or the following heterocycles:
Figure imgf000022_0001
As used herein, the term "9- or 10-membered heterobicycle" or "heterobicycle" either alone or in combination with another radical, means a heterocycle as defined above fused to one or more other cycle, be it a heterocycle or any other cycle. Examples of such heterobicycles include, but are not limited to, indole, benzimidazole, thiazolo[4,5-b]-pyridine, quinoline, or coumarin, or the following:
Figure imgf000022_0002
As used herein, the term "Het" defines a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms wherever possible, selected from O, N and S, which-may be saturated, . unsaturated or aromatic, unless specified otherwise.
As used herein, the term "HCy" defines a saturated or unsaturated 4-, 5-, 6- or 7- membered monocyclic heterocycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, unless specified otherwise.
As used herein, the term "Hetaryl" defines an aromatic 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, unless specified otherwise.
As used herein, the term "halo" means a halogen atom and includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
As used herein, the term "OH" refers to a hydroxyl group. It is well known to one skilled in the art that hydroxyl groups may be substituted by functional group equivalents. Examples of such functional group equivalents that are contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, ethers, sulfhydryls, and primary, secondary or tertiary amines.
As used herein, the term "SH" refers to a sulfhydryl group. It is intended within the scope of the present invention that , whenever a "SH".or "SR" group is present, it can also be substituted by any other appropriate oxidation state such as SOR, SO2R, or SO3R. i It is intended that the term "substituted" when applied in conjunction with a radical having more than one moiety such as C*ι-6alkyl-aryl, or d-6alkyl-Het, such substitution applies to both moieties i.e. both the alkyl and aryl or Het moieties can be substituted with the defined substituents.
As used herein, the term "COOH" refers to a carboxylic acid group. It is well known to one skilled in the art that carboxylic acid groups may be substituted by functional group equivalents. Examples of such functional group equivalents that are contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, esters, amides, imides, boronic acids, tetrazoles, triazoles, N-acylsulfonyldiamides (RCONHSO2NR2), and N- acylsulfonamides (RCONHSO2R).
As used herein, the term "functional group equivalent" is intended to mean an element or a substituted derivative thereof, that is replaceable by another element that has similar electronic, hybridization or bonding properties.
As used herein, the term "metal catalyst" is intended to mean a metal such as palladium (0) or palladium (2) for use in a cross-coupling reaction. Examples of such palladium catalysts include, but are not limited to, Pd(Ph3)4, Pd/C, Pd(OAc)2, PdCI2, and the like. Alternative metals that can catalyze cross-coupling reactions include, but are not limited to, complexes of Ni, Rh, Ru and Ir, like for example: Ni(acac)2, Ni(OAc)2, or NiCI2.
The term "detectable label" refers to any group that may be linked to the polymerase or to a compound of the present invention such that when the compound is associated with the polymerase target, such label allows recognition either directly or indirectly of the compound such that it can be detected, measured and quantified. Examples of such "labels" are intended to include, but are not limited to, fluorescent labels, chemiluminescent labels, colorimetric labels, enzymatic markers, radioactive isotopes and affinity tags such as biotin. Such labels are attached to the compound or to the polymerase by well known methods.
The term "affinity tag" means a ligand (that is linked to the polymerase or to a compound of the present invention) whose strong affinity for a receptor can be used to extract from a solution the entity to which the ligand is attached. Examples of such ligands include biotin or a derivative thereof, a histidine polypeptide, a polyarginine, an amylose sugar moiety or a defined epitope recognizable by a specific antibody. Such affinity tags are attached to the compound or to the polymerase by well-known methods.
The term "photoreactive group" means a group that is transformed, upon activation by light, from an inert group to a reactive species, such as a free radical. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, benzophenones, azides, and the like.
The term "salt thereof means any acid and/or base addition salt of a compound according to the invention; preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means a salt of a compound of formula (I) which is, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio,, generally water or oil-soluble or dispersible, and effective for their intended use. The term includes pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically- acceptable base addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in, e.g., S.M. Birge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, pp. 1-19, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethane- sulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene- sulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, pamoic acid, pectinic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, pivalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfanilic acid, tartaric acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, undecanoic acid, and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic bases such as ammonia or hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of ammonium or a metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable organic nontoxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, quaternary amine compounds, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion-exchange resins, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, ethanoiamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N- ethylpiperidine, tetramethylammonium compounds, tetraethylammonium compounds, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methyipiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, polyamine resins, and the like. Particularly preferred organic nontoxic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine.
The term "antiviral agent" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. Antiviral agents include, for example, ribavirin, amantadine, VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), VX- 498 (Vertex Pharmaceuticals), Levovirin, Viramidine, Ceplene (maxamine), XTL-001 and XTL-002 (XTL Biopharmaceuticals).
The term "other anti-HCV agent" as used herein means those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms of disease. Such agents can be selected from: immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, other inhibitors of HCV polymerase or inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
The term "immunomodulatory agent" as used herein means those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal. Immunomodulatory agents include, for example, class I interferons (such as α-, β-, δ- and omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo- interferons), class II interferons (such as γ-interferons) and pegylated interferons.
The term "inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal. Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, for example, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929 or WO 02/060926, the Boehringer Ingelheim clinical candidate identified as BILN 2061 and the Vertex pre-development candidate identified as VX-950. Particularly, compounds # 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11 , 18, 19, 29, 30, 31 , 32, 33, 37, 38, 55, 59, 71 , 91 , 103, 104, 105, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126 and 127 disclosed in the table of pages 224-226 in WO 02/060926, can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention .
The term "other inhibitor of HCV polymerase" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV polymerase in a mammal, whereby this agent has a structure different from the compounds according to this invention and preferably binds to a site of the HCV polymerase different from the site targeted by the compounds according to this invention. Other inhibitors of HCV polymerase include non-nucleosides, for example, those compounds described in : WO 03/040112 (Rigel), WO 02/100846 A1 (Shire), WO 02/100851 A2 (Shire), WO 01/85172 . A1 (GSK), WO 02/098424 A1 (GSK), WO 00/06529 (Merck), WO 02/06246 A1 (Merck), EP 1 256 628 A2 (Agouron). Furthermore other inhibitors of HCV polymerase also include nucleoside analogs, for example, those compounds described in: WO 01/90121 A2 (Idenix), WO 02/069903 A2 (Biocryst Pharmaceuticals Inc.), WO 02/057287 A2 (Merck/lsis) and WO 02/057425 A2 (Merck/lsis).
The term "inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal other than by inhibiting the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV. This includes agents that interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal. Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, for example, agents that inhibit a target selected from a HCV helicase, HCV NS2/3 protease and HCV IRES. Specific examples of inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include ISIS- 14803 (ISIS Pharmaceuticals). I
The term "HIV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. HIV inhibitors include, for example, nucleosidic inhibitors, non-nucleosidic inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors.
The term "HAV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. HAV inhibitors include Hepatitis A vaccines, for example, Havrix® (GlaxoSmithKline), VAQTA® (Merck) and Avaxim® (Aventis Pasteur).
The term "HBV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. HBV inhibitors include, for example, agents that inhibit HBV viral DNA polymerase or HBV vaccines. Specific examples of HBV inhibitors include Lamivudine (Epivir-HBV®), Adefovir Dipivoxil, Entecavir, FTC (Coviracil®), DAPD (DXG), L-FMAU (Clevudine®), AM365 (Amrad), Ldt (Telbivudine), monoval-LdC (Valtorcitabine), ACH-126,443 (L-Fd4C) (Achillion), MCC478 (Eli Lilly), Racivir (RCV), Fluoro-L and D nucleosides, Robustaflavone, ICN 2001-3 (ICN), Bam 205 (Novelos), XTL-001 (XTL), Imino-Sugars (Nonyl-DNJ) (Synergy), HepBzyme; and immunomodulator products such as: interferon alpha 2b,-' HE2000 (Hollis-Eden), Theradigm (Epimmune), EHT899 (Enzo Biochem), Thymosin alpha-1 (Zadaxin®), HBV DNA vaccine (PowderJect), HBV DNA vaccine (Jefferon Center), HBV antigen (OraGen), BayHep B® (Bayer), Nabi-HB® (Nabi) and Anti-hepatitis B (Cangene); and HBV vaccine products such as the following: Engerix B, Recombivax HB, GenHevac B, Hepacare, Bio-Hep B, TwinRix, Comvax, Hexavac.
The term "class I interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I. This includes both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons. Examples of class I interferons include -, β-, omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons.
The term "class II interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type II. Examples of class II interferons include γ- interferons.
Specific preferred examples of some of these agents are listed below:
■ antiviral agents: ribavirin and amantadine;
■ immunomodulatory agents: class I interferons, class II interferons and pegylated interferons;
■ HCV NS3 protease inhibitors; ■ other inhibitors of the HCV polymerase: nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic inhibitors;
■ inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle that inhibits a target selected from: HCV NS2/3 protease or internal ribosome entry site (IRES); ■ HIV inhibitors: nucleosidic inhibitors, non-nucleosidic inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors; or
■ HBV inhibitors: agents that inhibit viral DNA polymerase or is an HBV vaccine. ,
As discussed above, combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional agent selected from: an antiviral agent, an immunomodulatory agent, an inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease, another inhibitor of HCV polymerase, an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an
HBV inhibitor. Examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section above. These additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
As used herein, the term "treatment" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention to alleviate or eliminate symptoms of the hepatitis C disease and/or to reduce viral load in a patient.
As used herein, the term "prevention" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention post-exposure of the individual to the virus but before the appearance of symptoms of the disease, and/or prior to the detection of the virus in the blood.
The following signs — and ΛΛΛ~ are used interchangeably in subformulas to indicate the bond, or in the case of a spirocyclic group the atom, which is bonded to the rest of the molecule as defined.
As used herein, the designation whereby a bond to a substituent R is drawn as emanating from the center of a ring, such as, for example,
Figure imgf000030_0001
means that the substituent R may be attached to any free position on the ring that would otherwise be substituted by a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise.
Preferred embodiments
As long as not stated otherwise, all groups, substituents and indices, like e.g. R1,
R1q 2 2h R2q R3 R4 R4b R5 R5a R5b R6a R6b R7a R8a R7b R8b R9a R9b 11
Figure imgf000030_0002
R162 R163 R1TO Rθj RC) RL> R 1 f RN2_ RN3; RN4; RQJ ^ β> ^ M^ M2( M3> ^4^ Q1 _ Q1β>
Q1 , Q1c, Q2, Q2a, Q2b, Q2c, W1, W2, Y°, Y1, Y2, Y3, X, Z, Sp, Het, HCy, Hetaryl, k1t q, qa, and qb, have the meanings as defined hereinbefore and hereinafter. In the following the preferred embodiments, groups, substituents and indices according to this invention are described.
In a preferred embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, there is provided an isomer, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer of a compound, represented by formula I:
Figure imgf000030_0003
wherein: either A or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
the group -C(=Y )-Z is covalently linked to either Wf or 3, M1 is CR4a , M2 or M3 is CR5, M4 is CR4b,
and in addition one or two of the groups selected from NI1, NI2, M3 and NI4 may also be N, with the proviso that the group I2 or I3 to which -C(=Y1)-Z is linked is an C- atom,
Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR51R52)k1-, wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3;
R51, R52are independently H, (d.6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (d-^alkyl-
(C3. )cycloalkyl, or
R51 and R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a (C3.6)cycloalkyl group, said alkyl, cycloalkyls or alkyl-cycloalkyl being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (d-6)alkoxy, cyano, amino, -NH(d--ralkyl) and/or -N(d-4~ alkyl)2;
Y° is O, S, NR11 or CR12R13, wherein
R11, R12, R 3 are each independently defined as R°;
R13 may also be COOR0 or SO2Rc; wherein Rc and each R° is optionally substituted with R150;
or both R12 and R13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with
R150.
L is d.6alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, Cι.6alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl,
(Cι-6alkyl)aryl, Het, (d-6)alkyl-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is CR 2R13, then L may also be H;
or if Y° is O, then L may also be ORc, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O, S or NR 1, then L may also be N(R 2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN\ NRN2-SO2-Rc, NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc and R° being optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O or S, then L may also be OR6a or N(R5a)R6a, wherein R5a is defined as RN2,
and wherein R6a is:
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein R7a and R8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(RSa)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R1δ0; and
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is aryl, Het, (d-6)alkyl-aryl, (d-6)alkyl-Het, (Ci-e alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
Y1 is O, S or NR14, wherein R14 is H or (d-e) alkyl;
Z is defined as a) OR0; b) SO2Rc; c) N(RN2)RN1; d) NRN3-N(RN2)RN1; e) NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc; f) NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN ; g) NRN2-SO2-Rc or h) NRN2-CO-Rc; i) COOR0; j) N(RN1)OR°; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2, and/or RN3, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR »6bb0 n oxr- w rla
Figure imgf000033_0001
whhoerrαeiinn O RδSbD i ies deffiinnaerdi a -**.-s■. D RNN2Z a „„nd J R oβbbB i iso:.
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, Q2, are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, Q1, respectively;
R2 is selected from: halogen or R21, wherein R21 is aryl or Het, said R2i is optionally substituted with R150;
R3 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl,
(C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C5.7)cycloalkenyl, (C6.ι0)bicycloalkyl, (C sjal yl- (C6-ιo)bicycloalkyi, (C6.ιo)bicycloalkenyl, (C*ι.3)alkyl-(C6-ι0)bicycloalkenyl, HCy or (Cι.3)alkyl-HCy, wherein HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (d-6)alkyl optionally substituted with:
■ OR31 or SR31 wherein R31 is H, (d-ealkyl), (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (d.3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or
- N(R32)2 wherein each R32 is independently H, (dialkyl, (C3. )cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3- )cycloalkyl; or both R32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR33 or SR33 wherein R33 is H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; d) N(R35)2 wherein each R35 is independently H, (C1.6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl; or both R35 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H or defined as R150;
R60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(d-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(d-6)alkyl, SO3H; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (C-i^) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2.6)alkenyl, (CM)aIkynyl, (Cι-6)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with
R150. b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, SO2Rc, SO2N(RN2)RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc or CONRN SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, or N(RN2)SO2Rc; f) N(RN2)CORc; g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN ; i) COR0; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1; I) aryl, Het, (C^alky aryl or (d^alkyl)Het, all of which optionally being , substituted with R 50; wherein said RN1, Rc and R° are each independently optionally substituted with R150 as defined,
each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected.from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(d.6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(d-6)alkyl; and ■ 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Cι-6) alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-3)alkynyl, (C*ι-3)aIkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, SO2Rc, SO2N(RN2)RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc or CON(RN2)SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, or N(RN2)SO2Rc; f) N(RN2)CORc;. g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; wherein RN1 is as defined or OH, O-C^-alkyl; i) COR0; j) COOR°; k) tetrazole or CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R 60 as defined;
R160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and - one of each substituent selected from tetrazole, chlorine, bromine, iodine,
CN, nitro, d.4alkyl, CF3) COOR161, SO3H, SR161, SO2R163, OR161, N(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, SO2NR162COR162, NR 62SO2R163, NR162COR162, or CON(R162)2, wherein R 61, R 63and each R162 is independently (d-4.alkyl, (C3.7)cycIoalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl; and R161 and each R162 may each independently also be H; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R° Rcare independently defined as (C1.6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (d-4)alkyl-
(C .6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (Cι. )alkyl-aryl and (d-4)alkyl-Het; and R° may also be H;
RN1 is independently selected from H, (d-6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (d-4.alkyl-
(C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (d- )alkyl-aryl, (d-4)alkyl-Het; or
RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently H, CH3, (C2.6alkyl), (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (d^alkyl-
(C3.6)cycloalkyl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, C*ι.6-alkoxycarbonyl, C*ι-6-alkyl, C^e-alkoxy, amino, -NH(C1-4-alkyl) and/or -N(d- -alkyl)2; and wherein said CH3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or d-6-alkoxycarbonyl; and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN2 and RN1; or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN3 and RN1, or RN2 and RN1; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; wherein Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
or a salt thereof. Core:
This invention comprises compounds of the formulas la and lb
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein the compounds of the formula la are preferred.
Furthermore this invention comprises compounds according to the formulas Ic and Id
Figure imgf000037_0002
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein the compounds of the formula Ic are preferred.
More explicitly, this invention comprises compounds of the following formulas
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000039_0002
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein R denotes the group -Sp-C(=Y )-L
Also explicitly, this invention further comprises compounds, of the following formulas:
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein R1 denotes the group -Sp-C(=Y°)-L.
Preferably the groups M1 and NI4 are CR4a and CR4b, respectively. The group NI2 or M3 to which the group -C(=Y1)-Z is covalently linked is C and the other group M3 or NI2 is preferably CR5.
Therefore those, compounds are preferred which are described by the following group of formulas 1.1 to 1.4
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000042_0001
A group of most preferred compounds is described by the formula 1.1
Figure imgf000042_0002
Another group of preferred compounds is described by the formula I.4 as given above.
Sfi:
The preferred meaning of the spacer group Sp is a group selected from -(CR51RS2)k , wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3; and R51, R52are independently H or (d.3)alkyl, in particular H or methyl; arid/or
R51, R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atόm to which they are > attached to form a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl group.
More preferably Sp is a spacer group selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-,
-CH2-CH2- and Most preferably Sp is -CH2-
Figure imgf000042_0003
According to a first preferred embodiment of this invention Y° is O or S, most preferably O.
According to a second preferred embodiment of this invention Y° and L are covalently bonded to form a 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered mono- or a 8, 9, 10 or 11- membered bicyclic group which may contain 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the mono- or bicyclic group is optionally substituted with R60.
In this second embodiment those compounds are preferred, wherein Y° and L are covalently bonded to form an unsaturated 5 or 6-membered monocyclic group which may contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the monocyclic group is optionally substituted with R60. Most preferably said monocyclic group is a monocyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic group. Preferred examples of such (hetero)aromatic groups are phenyl, pyridine and thiazole, being optionally substituted as described.
Therefore preferred groups of the subformula
Figure imgf000043_0001
are
Figure imgf000043_0002
Beside said preferred first and second embodiment, Y° may also be NR11 or CR12R13 wherein R11, R12, R 3 are defined as hereinbefore. Preferred meanings of R11, R 2, R13 are independently H or Cι-6alkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
According to a first embodiment the group L has one of the following meanings: a) C*|.6a!kyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, d-6alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C2-e)alkenyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R60; or
b) if Yu is CR12R13, then L may also be H; or c) if Y° is O, then L may also be ORc, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60,
wherein R12, R13, R60 and Rc are as defined hereinbefore.
According to a preferred second embodiment, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11, the group L has one of the following meanings:
a) L is N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-SO2-Rc or N(RN2)OR°, said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R60; or
b) L is N(R5a)R6a wherein R5a is defined as RN2 and R6a is:
Figure imgf000044_0001
or R6a is:
Figure imgf000044_0002
wherein R7aand R8aare each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R80; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said " cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or -
R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is aryl, Het, (d-6)alkyl-aryl, (d-6) alkyl-Het, (d-δ) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d.6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60.
The group Y1 is defined as O, S or NR14, wherein R14 is H or (C1.6)alkyl; most preferably Y1 is O.
Zi
Preferably the group Z is selected from the group of definitions: a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; h) NRN3-SO2-N(RN2)RN1; or i) NRN2-CO-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR , 6ObD o*r- D RδStD> i i~s dIΩe*fF!i*n-I «eΛd1 1 a0s D RN""2 a _ -n-d-j D R60bD ; is_.
Figure imgf000045_0001
:
Figure imgf000045_0002
or R6b is
Figure imgf000046_0001
wherein R7 , R8b, Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and Q2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d-6)alkyl-Het, (d-6) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C1.6)alkyl- CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-Cι-4-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, Cι. -alkyl, C2. 4-alkenyl and C2-4-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160;.
In the case Z being defined as OR0, SO2Rc, COOR0 or OR6b, wherein R6b is defined as above, then Y1 is preferably O.
Sp. Y°. L. Y1 and Z: Those compounds according to this invention are preferred, wherein
Sp is a spacer group selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-,
CH2-CH2- and most preferably Sp is -CH2-; and
Figure imgf000046_0002
Y is O or S; most preferably O;
L is N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc,
NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)R \ NRN2-SO2-Rc or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RNZ and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R60; or
L is N(R5a)R6a wherein R5a is defined as RN2 and R6a is:
Figure imgf000046_0003
or R6a is:
Figure imgf000047_0001
Y1 . is O or S; most preferably O;
Z is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
Z is N(R jSbbD*)%DR6bbD , w.,h,e-..r.-e-.iinn o Rδ0bB : i„s dceffiinnead a _-s o FTN"2 a __ndJ D R6bD ; is__.:
Figure imgf000047_0002
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000047_0003
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and Q2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d-6) alkyl-Het, (d-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-e) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-Cι-4-alkyl, S-C-M-alkyl, C-M- alkyl, C^-alkenyl and C2--*.-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160;.
In the following, preferred groups of compounds according to this invention are described more specifically. A first group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1a
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein RN , including any heterocycle formed by RN1 and RN2, is optionally substituted with R60; and
is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN ; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
Z is N(RSb)R6 wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000048_0002
or RbD is:
Figure imgf000048_0003
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and
Q2 is aryl, Het, (d.6)alkyl-aryl, (d-6) alkyl-Het, (d-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C^-alkyl, S-C-M-alkyl, Cι-4- alkyl, C^-alkenyl and C^-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160;.
A second group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1b
Figure imgf000049_0001
wherein
R5a is defined as RN2;
is defined as
Figure imgf000049_0002
or Rba is
Figure imgf000049_0003
wherein R j7'aa, n R8a , \ Ψ2, Q R9aaa, Q «11, < WIΛI11 are defined as hereinbefore;
Z is defined as a) OR°; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
Z is . _
Figure imgf000050_0002
w,,•h_e_re_;i„n t Ro5bb° ; is_ d -!e_«fi_ne_d J a __s
Figure imgf000050_0001
„ a_nd J o R6bbD is:
or R6b is
Figure imgf000050_0004
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and
Q2 is aryl, Het, (d-e) alkyl-aryl, (d-6) alkyl-Het, (d-6) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (C..6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with
R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-d-4-alkyl, S-C^- alkyl, Cι-4-alkyl, C2^-alkenyl and C-M-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160;.
A third group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula 1.1c
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein R is optionally substituted with R ; and
is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
is N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6 is:
Figure imgf000051_0002
or RbD is:
Figure imgf000051_0003
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R , W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and
Q2 is aryl, Het, (C«) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (C^e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with
R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, d-4-alkyl, C^-alkenyl and C2-4-alkynyl, all of which being . optionally substituted with R160;.
A fourth group of preferred compounds according to this invention is defined by formula l.1d
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein
is selected from ORc, NRN3-N(RN2)RN , NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN )OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R60;
is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
is N(R5B)RbD wherein R ,b5bD is defined as R NN2^ and R ι66bD i is:
Figure imgf000052_0002
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9 , W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and
Q2 is aryl, Het, (d-6) alkyl-aryl, (d-e) alkyl-Het, (d-6) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (Cι-6) alkyl-CONH-H.et, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 . or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-d-4-alkyl, S-C**.4-alkyl, d-4- alkyl, C2.4-alkeny! and C^-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R 60;.
In the following, those preferred definitions of the groups L and Z which were described as preferred hereinbefore are formulated in more detail.
Li
In the case Y° is O, S or NR11, L is more preferably
N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN , NRN2-SO2-Rc or N(RN1)OR°; wherein
RN2, RN3, RN4 are each independently H, methyl, (C2--t)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or (Cι.3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with Cι-3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d-^alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d-4-alkyl), -N(Cι-4-alkyl)2 and/or - O-(d.4-alkyl);
RN1 is H, methyl, (C^alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyI-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, benzyl, (C2.4)alkyl-phenyl, phenyl, Het or (Cι--t)alkyl-Het; wherein all of said methyl, alkyl, and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with halogen, d-3-alkyl, carboxy or (C1-4)alkoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(d-4-alkyl), CON(Cι-4-alkyl)2; and/or wherein all of said alkyl, and cycloalkyl groups, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, are optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d-4-alkyl), -N(d-4-alkyI)2 and/or -O-(C.|-4-alkyl); and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN1 and RN2 or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN the substituents RN and RN3 or RN1 and RN2 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle which may have additionally 1 or 2 heteroatoms or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11-membered saturated or unsaturated heterobicycle which may have additionally from 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms, whereby the heteroatoms are selected from O, N, and S; and
wherein Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (Cι-4,alkyl, hydroxy, O-(Cι-4)alkyl, amino, -COOH,
-COO(Cι-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(d-4-alkyl), CON(C1.4-alkyl)2, -NH(C -alkyl), -N(d-4- alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl,
-(d-^alkyl-OH, -(d-^alkyl-O^d^alkyl, -(d-4.alkyl-COOH, -(d-^alkyl-
COO(C1-4)alkyI, -(d.4)alkyl-CONH2, -(d-^alkyl-CONH C-M-alkyl), -(C^Jalkyl-
CON(Cι^-alkyl)2, -(d-4)alkyl-amino, -(C*ιJ*.)alkyl-NH(CM-alkyl), -(d-4)alkyl-N(C*.-4- alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with C^-alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl.
In the above described preferred case, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11 and L is N(RN2)RN1 the substituents have most preferably the following meanings: ,N2 is H, methyl, (C2-4)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (C1^)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with d-3-aIkyl, halogen, carboxy or (Cι-4)alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyi or alkyl-cycloalkyi, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d-4-alkyl), -N(C1- -alkyl)2 and/or -O-(d-4-alkyl);
>N1 is methyl, (C2.6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3.alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, benzyl, (C2-_*.)alkyl-phenyl, Het and (C*ι- )alkyl-Het; wherein the methyl and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with C*t-3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d-4,alkoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι-4-alkyl), CON(d-4-alkyl)2; and/or wherein said alkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(C1-4-alkyl), -N(d-4-alkyl)2 and/or -O-(Cι.4-alkyl); and
wherein Het is a saturated or unsaturated 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein, a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (d-4.alkyl, hydroxy, O-(C*,- )alkyl, amino, . -COOH, -COO(d-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(CM-alkyl), CON(d-4-alkyl)2, -NH(C-ι^-alkyl), -N(C1- -alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl, -(d.- alkyl-OH, -(C1^)alkyl-O-(C -4)alkyl, -(d-^alkyl-COOH, -(C1^)alkyl-COO(C1-4)alkyl, ■(C1-4)alkyl-CONH2, -(d-^alkyl-
CONH(d-4-alkyl), -(d-4)alkyl-CON(Cι.4-alkyl)2, -(d.4)alkyl-amino, -(C1.4)alkyl- NH(d-4-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-N(Cι-4-alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with d-4-alkyl, (C3-e)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl. Both RN and Rm may also be H, so that L is -NH2.
According to the latter embodiment very preferred meanings for RN2 are selected from H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl and cyclopropylmethyl; in particular H and methyl; and
RN1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyi, 1-methylpropyl, 2- methylpropyl, (C4.7)cycloalkyl, (C .7)cycloalkylmethyl-, (C -7)cycloalkylethyl-, (C .7)cycloalkenyl, (C .7)cycloalkenylmethyl-, (C .7)cycloalkenylethyl-, HCy-,
HCy-methyl-, HCy-ethyl-, benzyl-, phenylethyl-, Hetaryl-methyl- and Hetaryl- ethyl-,
wherein
Hetaryl is an aromatic 5 or 6-membered monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; to which a benzene ring may be fused; and
HCy is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or mono-unsaturated heterocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S; and
wherein all
Figure imgf000056_0001
(C .7)cycloalkenyl, phenyl groups, Hetaryl and HCy are optionally substituted by 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from fluorine;
- one of each substituent selected from: chlorine bromine, NO2, cyano; and
- to 3 substituents selected from: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy, Cι.3-alkoxy, -COOH,
-COO(d.3)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι-3-alkyl), CON(Cι.3-alkyl)2, amino,
-NH(d-3-alkyl), -N(d-3-alkyl)2; and
the C-atom in α-position to the N-atom (of the group N(RN2)RN1) is optionally ' substituted with methyl, CH2OH, CH2NH2, CH2NH(C1.3-alkyl), CH2N(d-3- alkyl)2, carboxy, (d-3)alkoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(C1.3-alkyl), CON(C1.3- alkyl)2; and/or, preferably or,
any C-atom in β-position to the N-atom (of the group N(RN2)RN1) is optionally substituted with hydroxy, C**.3-a!koxy, amino, -NH(Cι.3-alkyl) or -N(d-3-alkyl)2.
According to this preferred embodiment preferred examples of the group L are:
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0004
Figure imgf000057_0003
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein each R is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or cyclopropyl; most preferably H or methyl.
In the above described preferred case, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11 and L is N(RN2)RN wherein RN2 and RN1 are covalently bonded together to form a heterocycle, the following meanings are most preferred:
RN2 and RN1 are covalently bonded together to form a heterocycle selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine;
wherein said piperazine and homopiperazine may be N-substituted with Chalky!, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or ClJtalkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; and
wherein said heterocycles are optionally monosubstituted by (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (Cι.3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, HCy or C^alkyl-HCy , wherein HCy is selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine; and
wherein said heterocycles, including an optional alkyl-, cycloalkyl- or alkylcycloalkyl-group and/or HCy or d.3alkyl-HCy group, are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen and (C**-4.alkyl;
- one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 or 2 substituents selected from: hydroxy, O-(d-4.alkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(d-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(d-4- alkyl), CON(d-4-alkyl)2, -NH(d.6-alkyl), -N(d-6-alkyl)2, -(d-^alkyl-OH,
Figure imgf000059_0001
-(d-4,alkyl-COOH, -(d-4.alkyl-COO(d-4.alkyl,
-(C1-4)alkyl-CONH2, -(C1-4)alkyl-CONH(C1-4-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-CON(C1-4-alkyl)2,
Figure imgf000059_0002
wherein said alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen.
According to this preferred embodiment preferred examples of the group L are:
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000060_0001
wherein each R is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or cyclopropyl; most preferably H or methyl.,
According to another preferred embodiment wherein Y° is O and L is OR6a, or wherein Y° is O or S and L is N(R5a)R6a, wherein R5a is defined as RN2, and
R is defined according to the following subformula:
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein '
R7a is defined as H, COOH, CONH2, (C1-6)alkyl, (Cwjc cloalkyl, (C^Jalkyl- (C3.e)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (CM)alkyl-aryl,
Figure imgf000061_0002
all of which are optionally substituted with R60; and
,sa is H or (dialkyl; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C3-7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6- membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and
when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W1 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C*|. ) alkyl;
Q1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
-Q1-^- Q1c R1q ,| |a
-Q1-^-
wherein Q1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d-3) alkyl-aryl or (d-3)alkyl-Hetaryl; Q1b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q1c is a bond, O-d-4-alkyl, S-d-4-alkyl, d-4-alkyl, C2. -alkenyl or C24- alkynyl; and
R1q is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, -N(R162)2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHSO2Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SO2NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2;
q is 0 or 1 ;
wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
In another above described preferred case, wherein Y° is O and L is OR6a, or wherein Y° is O or S and L is N(R5a)R6a wherein RSa is defined as RN2, and
R6a is defined as:
Figure imgf000062_0001
the substituents have most preferably one of the following meanings:
R7a and R8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from. O, N, and S; and when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R so; . and
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
Figure imgf000063_0001
wherein
Q1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d.3) alkyl-aryl or (d.3)alkyl-Hetaryl;
Q1b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q1c is a bond, O-Cι-4-alkyl, S-Cι-4-alkyl, Cι-4-alkyl, C2--*,-alkenyl or C24- alkynyl; and
R1q is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, -N(R16 )2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR 61, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHSO2Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SOzNHCpR0, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R 62)2;
q is O or l ;
wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to.4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
According to one preferred embodiment Z is defined as OR0, wherein R° is optionally substituted with R60.
In this embodiment wherein Z is OR0 the preferred meaning of
R° is H,
Figure imgf000064_0001
(C3-6)cycloalkyl, d-salkyKC-j-βJcycloal yl, (C2.6)alkenyl, (Cι-3alkyl)phenyl, (Cι.3)alkyl-pyridinyl, wherein said alkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl-phenyl or alkyl-pyridinyl is optionally substituted with
1 to 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and - one of each substituent selected from chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, dialkyl, CF3, COOR161, SO2R161, OR161, N(R162)2> SO2N(R162)2, NR162COR162 or CON(R162)2, wherein R161 and each R16 is independently H, (dialkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle.
A most preferred meaning of Z according to this embodiment is OH.
According to another preferred embodiment Z is defined as N(RN2)RN wherein RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN and RN2, is optionally substituted with R60.
Preferred meanings of RN1 and RN2 in this embodiment are: RN2 is H, methyl, (d-^alkyi. dw cycloalkyl or (d-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with d-3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (d- )alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d_4-alkyl), -N(C1- -alkyl)2 and/or -O-(Cι-4-alkyl); whereby RN2 is most preferably H; and
RN . is methyl, (C2-6)alkyl, (C1-4)alkyl-phenyl or (Cι-4.alkyl-Het; wherein all of the methyl and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with Cι.3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (C1-4)alkoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(C1-4-alkyl), CON(C1- -alkyl)2; and/or wherein said alkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(d-4- alkyl), -N(C1. -alkyl)2 and/or -O-(Cι-4-alkyl); and
wherein Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (C1^)alkyl, hydroxy, O-(Cι-4)alkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(d-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(d-4-alkyl), CON(CM-alkyl)2, -NH(Cι.4-alkyl), -N(d-4-alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-morpholinyl,
N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl, -(d-^alkyl-OH, -(C1-4)alkyl-O-(C1^)alkyl, -(d^alkyl-COOH, -(C1-4)aIkyl-COO(C1^)alkyl, -(C*,.4)alkyl-CONH2, -(d-4.alkyl- CONH(d^-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-CON(CM-alkyl)2) -(d-^alkyl-amino, -(d^alkyl- NH(C1-4-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-N(C1-4-alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with C^-alkyl, C3.6- cycloalkyl or Cι-3-alkyl-C3-6-cycloalkyl.
Most preferred meanings of RN1 and RN2 in this embodiment wherein Z is defined as N(RN2)RN1 are:
RN2 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, all of which being optionally substituted with methyl, fluorine, chlorine, carboxyl or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n-propyl or i-propyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, - NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2 and/or -O-(CH3);
jN1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, pyridinylmethyl or pyridinylethyl; wherein said methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i-propyl, groups are optionally substituted with fluorine, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl,. carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2; and/or wherein said ethyl, n-propyl or i-propyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2 and/or -O-CH3; and
wherein said phenyl and pyridinyl group is optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from: methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, -COOH, -COOCH3, CONH2, CONH(CH3),
CON(CH3)2, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -CH2-OH, -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-NH2,
-CH2-N(CH3)2 and -(CH2)2-OH.
In the latter embodiment RN2 is preferably H, methyl or ethyl, most preferably H, and RN1 is preferably benzyl or phenylethyl, both of which are optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, fluorine, chlorine, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2; and which at the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from halogen; ι
- one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and - 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from: methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, -COOH, -COOCH3, CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -CH2-OH, -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-NH2, -CH2-N(CH3)2 and -(CH2)2-OH. Therefore most preferred meanings of Z according to this embodiment are:
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein those groups wherein the phenyl is substituted twice with OMe and/or OH are the very most preferred ones.
According to another preferred embodiment Z is defined as NRN2-SO2-RG or NRN2-CO-Rc wherein RN2 and Rc are preferably defined as follows:
RN2 is H, (dialkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (d.3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; in particular H; and
is (d-e)alkyl, (C3-6)cycIoalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, (C*ι-3)alkyl-phenyl, (d_3)alkyt-naphthyl, (C|-3)alkyl-Het, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, alkyl- phenyl, alkyl-naphthyl, or alkyl-Het, are all optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from R60. In this embodiment the preferred meaning of Rc is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyi, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, diazepine, azepine, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzothiazole, purine, pteridine,
2,1,3-benzothiadiazole ^ ^ '3 ' ancl
imιdazo[2,1-B][1,3]thiazole
Figure imgf000068_0001
all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from R60, particularly OH, CN, halogen, nitro, (d.3)alkyl, O(d.3)alkyl, carboxyl, COO(d-3)alkyl, amino, NH(d-3)alkyl, N((C1-3)alkyl)2, NHCO(C*,.3)alkyl, wherein the alkyl groups may be substituted by halogen.
According to another preferred embodiment wherein Z is OR j6b „ o,r.
Figure imgf000068_0002
R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000068_0003
wherein
R7b is defined as H, COOH, CONH2, (d-6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C^)alkyl- (C3-δ)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (Cι-4)alkyϊ-aryl, (d-4.alkyl-Het; all of which are optionally substituted with R60; and
,8b is H or (dialkyl; or
R7b and R8 are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and • when Z is N(Rs )R6b, either of R7b or R8b may be covalently bonded to R5b to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W2 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C*i-3) alkyl;
Q2 is a group of the subformula Illb
Figure imgf000069_0001
wherein
Q2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d.3) alkyl-aryl or (d.3)alkyl-Hetaryl; . .
Q2b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q2c is a bond, O-d-4-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, C^-^-alkyl, C2Jralkenyl or
C^-alkynyl, wherein said O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, d-4-alkyl, C2^- alkenyl or C^-alkynyl are optionally substituted with R170; wherein R170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one or two of each substituent selected from (C1-4) alkyl, (d- 4) alkoxy, (C3.5) cycloalkyl, or cyano; wherein (C1-- alkyl may optionally be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms; and R is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R16 )2, -N(R162)2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162,'-NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHSO2Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SO2NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2; 5 qa is 0 or 1 ;
qb is 0 or 1 ;
10 wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic 15. heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
Most preferably the index qa is 1.
In another above described preferred case, wherein Z is OR6 or N(R5 )R6 wherein
20 R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b i.
Figure imgf000070_0001
the substituents have most preferably one of the following meanings:
R7band R8bare each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally 25 substituted with R60; or
R7b and R8b are covalently bonded together to form a (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6- membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; or when Z is N(R5 )R6b, either of R7b or R8b may be covalently bonded to R5b 30 to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and Y3 is O or S;
R9 is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R9b is covalently bonded to either of R7b or R8b to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q2 is a group of the subformula 1Mb
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein
Q2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (C1-3) alkyl-aryl or (C1.3)alkyl-Hetaryl; Q2b is a phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q2c is a bond, O-C^-alkyl, S-d-4-alkyl, d.4-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C^-alkynyl, wherein said O-Cι- -alkyl, S-d-4-alkyl, d.4-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl or C^-alkynyl are optionally substituted with R170 wherein R170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one or two of each substituent selected from (C1-4) alkyl, (d-4) alkoxy, (C3-5) cycloalkyl, or cyano; wherein (C1-4) alkyl may optionally be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms; and
R2 is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, -N(R162)2,
OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHSO2Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SO2NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2;
qa is 0 or 1 ;
qb is 0 or 1 ; wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
Most preferably the index qa is 1.
Hereinafter, preferred groups and substituents are described for those cases wherein either L or Z, or both L and Z are defined as follows:
L is OR6a or N(RN2)R6a wherein R6a is:
Z is OR60 b
Figure imgf000072_0002
wherein R 6D is
Figure imgf000072_0001
1a 1b wherein Q1 is defined as — Q -Q -Q1-^ R1q
2a 2b
-Q G -Q2-5 R2q Illb wherein Q is defined as qa qb
Most preferably one of W1 and W2 or both W1 and W2 represent a single bond.
Preferred meanings of one of R7a and R7bor both R7a and R7b are H, COOH, CONH2, CF3, (dialkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, Hetaryl or (d-3)alkyl- Hetaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl groups and Hetaryl groups are optionally subsituted with R160.
Preferred meanings of one of R8a and R8bor both R 88aa a „„nd J D R88bB are H and CH3 Furthermore, it is preferred that R7a and R8a and/ or R7b and R8b are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 2 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted with R160, preferably with 1 to 3 substituents selected from hydroxy, (d-3)alkyl, CO(C .3)alkyl and SO2(Cι.3)alkyl.
According to the hereinbefore described embodiment R7a and R7b is each independently preferably selected from COOH, CONH2, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i- propyl, 2-methylpropyl, hydroxy-m ethyl, 1-hydroxy-ethyl, amino-methyl, 1 -amino- . ethyl, 2-hydroxy-ethyl, 2-methylthio-ethyl, 2-amino-ethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)-ethyl and thiazolyl, wherein the thiazolyl group is optionally substituted with R160; or
R7 and R8b are covalently bonded together to form a cyclic group preferably selected from:
Figure imgf000073_0001
Most preferably, the groups CR'aRBa and CR 7'bD DR8BbD are independently selected from
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000074_0001
R9a and/or R9b is preferably H, (d-3 alkyl), (C3-6)cycloalkyi or
(Cι-3)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy and methyl; most preferably R9a and/or R9b is H or methyl.
Preferably Q and Q \2a are independently selected from
Figure imgf000074_0002
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein 1 or 2 C-atoms of each cyclic group as listed above may be substituted with ι160.
RL is H, (C^alkyl) or (Cι-4)alkoxy, and
RQ is H or CH3, (C2-6alkyl), -CH2-(C2.6alkenyl), -CH2-(C2.6alkynyl), (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (Cι--t)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; all of which being optionally substituted with d-e- alkyl, halogen, carboxy or Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, C*ι-6-aikoxy, amino, -NH(d-4-a!kyl) and/or -N(d_ -alkyl)2;
Preferably Q1 and/or Q2b are selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furan, thiophene, oxazole, thiazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrazole, imidazole and pyrazine.
Most preferably Q \1b a „„n,d, Λ Q2b are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein all shown cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R 1 16600
Q1c and Q2c are preferably selected from a bond, -O-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -C(R170)=CH- and -CH=C(R170)-; most preferably selected from a bond and -CH=C(R170)-, wherein R170 is preferably selected from H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3 and cyclopropyl; most preferably selected from H, F, -CH3 and -CH2CH3.
R1q and R2q are preferably selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R16 )2, -N(R162)2, OR161,-NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHSO2Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SO2NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2; most preferably selected from COOR161, CON(R162)2 and SO2N(R162)2; wherein R161 and R162 are as defined, but most preferably H and/or methyl.
In the case of L comprising the group Q1 as defined hereinbefore, especially preferred compounds obey one of the following conditions a) Q1a is phenyl, q is 1 and Q1c is a bond; b) Q1a is phenyl, q is 0 and Q1c is vinyl; or c) Q1a is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, said heterobicycle optionally being substituted with R160; q is 0 and Q1c is a bond, -CH2-CH2- or -CH=CH-.
Furthermore, those compounds of the above described embodiment are especially preferred wherein the group Q1c-R1q is -CH=CH-COOH.
In the case of Z comprising the group Q2 as defined hereinbefore, especially preferred compounds obey one of the following conditions: a) qa is 1, Q a is phenyl, qb is 1 and Q20 is a bond; b) qa is 1 , Q2a is phenyl, qb is 0 and Q2c is-CH=C(R170)-, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, -CH3 or -CH2CH3; or c) qa is 1 , Q2a is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, said heterobicycle optionally being substituted with R160; qb is 0 and Q c is a bond, -CH2-CH2- or -CH=C(R170)-, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, -CH3 or -CH2CH3.
Furthermore, those compounds of the above described embodiment are especially preferred wherein the group Q2c-R2q is -CH=C(R170)-COOH, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, ~CH3 or -CH2CH3. Preferably Q and Q2 are independently selected from:
Figure imgf000078_0001
78
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
wherein all shown cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R160; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH3), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
wherein R170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R170 is defined as H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH3, or -CH2CH3; and
wherein R° is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably RQ is defined as H, (d.6alkyl), (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (C1-4)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl.
Most preferably, Q1 and Q2 are independently selected from:
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein all shown cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R160; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH3), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
wherein R170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R170 is defined as H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH3, or -CH2CH3; and
wherein RQ is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably RQ is defined as H, (Cι-6alkyl), (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (C1- )alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl. In case Q1a or Q2a is a phenylene or Hetaryl group, preferred substituents of this group are selected from (Cι_3)alkyl and (d.3)alkoxy, especially from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy. In the case where Q1a or Q2a is phenylene, the subsituent is preferably in meta-position to Q1b, in case q = 1 , or to Q2 , in case qb = 1 ; or to Q c, in case q = 0, or to Q2°, in case qb = 0, respectively. Thus, most preferred groups Q1 and Q2 which are substituted are for example:
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein R170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R170 is defined as H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH3, or -CH2CH3;.
Hereinafter preferred groups N(R5a)R6a and N(R5b)R6b are described for those cases wherein either L or Z, or both L and Z are defined as follows:
L is
Figure imgf000085_0002
-Q1
Z is .
Figure imgf000085_0004
w.,rh-e„rre-.:i„n D R6bb ; is:
Figure imgf000085_0003
Therefore, according to this embodiment examples of very preferred groups L and Z, in case qa is 1 , are independently selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
wherein all shown cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R ; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH3), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
wherein R170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R170 is defined as H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH3, or -CH2CH3; and
wherein RQ is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably RQ is defined as H, (d-6alkyl), (C .6)cycloalkyl or (C1- )alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl. Examples of preferred groups Z, in case qa is 0, are independently selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000089_0001
and
Hereinafter, preferred groups N(R5a)R6a and N(R5b)R6b are described for those cases wherein either L orZ, or both.L and Z are defined as follows:
L is N(R5a)Rba wherein R6a is:
Z is N(R5b)R6b wherein R6b is:
Figure imgf000089_0002
Therefore, according to this embodiment L and Z are more preferably independently selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
wherein all shown cyclic groups are optionally substituted with R160; most preferably 1 or 2 substituents selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, OH, methoxy, ethoxy, amino, NH(CH3), methyl, ethyl, i-propyl and n-propyl;
wherein R170 is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably R170 is defined as H, F, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, or cyclopropyl ; most preferably H, F, -CH3, or -CH2CH3; and
wherein RQ is each independently defined as hereinbefore; preferably RQ is defined as H, (C*ι-6alkyl), (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (C1- )alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl; most preferably H or methyl. Preferably R2 is R21, wherein R21 is a phenyl or Het selected from the group of formulas
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000094_0003
Figure imgf000094_0002
and wherein said R is optionally substituted with R 150
A very most preferred definition of
Figure imgf000094_0004
Figure imgf000095_0001
or a" °f which may be unsubstituted or substituted as
Figure imgf000095_0002
Figure imgf000095_0003
defined.
In the case R2 as defined above is substituted, it is preferably substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 2 substituents selected from: a) (d-^alkyl or (Cι-4)alkoxy, both optionally substituted with OH, O(d-4)alkyl, SO2(d-4 alkyl); 1 to 3 halogen atoms, amino, NH(CH3) or N(CH3)2); b) NR111R112 wherein both R1 1 and R112are independently H, (dialkyl, or R112 is (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl; or both R111 and R112 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl and benzyl, being optionally substituted with halogen or: -OR2h or N(R2h)2 , wherein each R2h is independently H, (Chalky!, or both R2h are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle; c) NHCOR117 wherein R117 is (dialkyl, O(Cι- )alkyl or O(C3-7)cycloalkyl; and e) CONH2, CONH(CMalkyl), CON(C1.4alkyl)2.
Most preferred substituents of R2 are selected from:
- 1 to 2 substituents selected from fluorine;
- one of each substituent selected from: chlorine, bromine, NO2, cyano; and - 1 to 2 substituents selected from: a) methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy or i-propoxy, wherein said methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, ethoxy, n-propoxy and i-propoxy are optionally substituted with OH, methoxy, amino, NH(CH3) or N(CH3)2; b) NR111R112 wherein both R111 and R112are independently H or methyl, or R112 is phenyl or benzyl; c) NHCOR117 wherein R117 is methyl or methoxy; and e) CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2.
Bϋi ■ .
R3 is preferably selected from (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C6.ιo)bicycloalkyl, (C6.ιo)bicycloalkenyl, or HCy wherein said groups are unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by halogen, hydroxy, dialkyl and/or O-d^alkyl, wherein the alkyl groups may be fluorinated.
Most preferably R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl,
or a group selected from: and
Figure imgf000096_0002
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein all said cyclic groups are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine, d-3alkyl or CF3.
The very most preferred meaning of R3 is cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
R a, R4 , R5:
Preferably R a, R4 , R5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, (C-uJalkyl, CF3, (d^)alkoxy, -O-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, -O-(C1.3)alkyl- (C3.7)cycloalkyI, -O-aryl, -O-(C*,.3)alkyl-aryl, -O-Het, -O-(C^)alkyl-Het, NRN1RN2, or COR0, NRN2CORc, CONRN2RN1, NRN3CONRN1RN2, in particular NHCO(d--*)alkyl or CONHRN1, NHCONHRN1; wherein R°, RN1, RN2, RN3 are as defined; preferably R°, RN1 are independently of each other H,
Figure imgf000096_0003
wherein aryl is preferably optionally substituted phenyl; and preferably RN2, RN3 are H or methyl; wherein all said alkyl. groups, including alkoxy, may be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by fluorine or mono- substituted by chlorine or bromine. Most preferred substituents R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, methyl, CF3. methoxy, carboxy, amino, -NMe2, -CONH2, -NHCONH2, -CO-NHMe, -NHCONHMe, -CO-NMe2 or -NHCONMe2; in particular H, methyl or methoxy. Preferably R4a is H or methyl. Very most preferably at least two of the substituents selected from R4a, R4 , R5'are H.
Figure imgf000097_0001
The substituents R60 are preferably each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (d^) alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C2 )alkenyl, (C^alkynyl, (d.3)a!kyKC3*.7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with R150; b) OR0; e) N(RN2)RN ; f) N.(RN2)CORc; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1; I) phenyl, Het, (Cι.3alkyl)phenyl or (d.3alkyl)Het; wherein
Het is selected from furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydropyran, pyridinyl, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine;
wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R1so as defined.
o150.
R150 is preferably defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 fluorine-substituents; - one of each substituent selected from: chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Ci.3) alkyl, CF3, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (d_3) alkyl-(C3^)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR°; e) N(RN2)R ; f) N(RN2)CORc; j) COOR0;
5 k) CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R160 as defined.
R1β0: 1.0 R160 is preferably defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and
- one of each substituent selected from chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, COOH, COOCH3, OH, OCH3, OCF3, NH2, NHCH3, N(CH3)2, SO2NH2, NHCOCH3, SO2NHCOCH3, CONH2, CONHCH3 and
15 CON(CH3)2.
R°. Rc:
Preferably R°, Rcare independently selected from (Chalky!, (C3-6)cycloaikyl, 20 (Cι-3)alkyi-(C3.6)cycloalky), phenyl, benzyl, Het, (d-3)aIkyl-Het; all of which are optionally substituted as defined; and R° may also be H.
Figure imgf000098_0001
25 RN1 is preferably selected from H, (dialkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C**.3)alkyl-
(C3.6)cycloaIkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, Het, (C*ι.3)alkyl-Het; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, Het and alkyl- Het are optionally substituted as defined; and
30 RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl; all of which being optionally substituted with methyl, fluorine, carboxy or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n- propyl or i-propyl, but preferably not the C-atom thereof directly bonded to the N-atom, is optionally substituted with hydroxy* methoxy, amino, -NH(CH3)
35 and/or -N(CH3)2; and in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1, RN2 and RN1 or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN\ RN3 and RN1, or RN2 and RN1 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated heterocycle which may have additionally one heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein said heterocycle is optionally substituted as defined.
Included within the scope of this invention are all compounds of formula I as presented in Tables 1 to 8.
Preferred compounds according to this invention are listed in the tables. Particularly compounds of these tables are preferred which show an IC50 value of below 200 nM, as for example those compounds included in the claims 51 , 52, 53, 54 and 55.
Polymerase activity
The ability of the compounds of formula (I) to inhibit RNA synthesis by the RNA dependent RNA polymerase of HCV can be demonstrated by any assay capable of measuring RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity. A suitable assay is described in the examples.
Specificity for RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity
To demonstrate that the compounds of the invention act by specific inhibition of HCV polymerase, the compounds may be tested for inhibitory activity in a DNA dependent RNA polymerase assay.
When a compound of formula (I), or one of its therapeutically acceptable salts, is employed as an antiviral agent, it is administered orally, topically or systemically to mammals, e.g. humans, cattle, pigs, dogs, cats, rabbits or mice, in a vehicle comprising one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, the proportion of which is determined by the solubility and chemical nature of the compound, chosen route of administration and standard biological practice.
For oral administration, the compound or a therapeutically acceptable salt thereof can be formulated in unit dosage forms such as capsules or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, ranging from about 25 to 500 mg, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
For topical administration, the compound can be formulated in pharmaceutically accepted vehicles containing 0.1 to 5 percent, preferably 0.5 to 5 percent, of the active agent. Such formulations can be in the form of a solution, cream or lotion.
For parenteral administration, the compound of formula (I) is administered by either intravenous, subcutaneous or intramuscular injection, in compositions with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or carriers. For administration by injection, it is preferred to use the compounds in solution in a sterile aqueous vehicle which may also contain other solutes such as buffers or preservatives as well as sufficient quantities of pharmaceutically acceptable salts or of glucose to make the solution isotonic.
Suitable vehicles or carriers for the above noted formulations are described in pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., 1995, or in "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drugs Delivery Systems", 6th ed., H.C. Ansel et al., Eds., Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Maryland, 1995.
The dosage of the compound will vary with the form of administration and the particular active agent chosen. Furthermore, it will vary with the particular host under treatment. Generally, treatment is initiated with small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstance is reached. In general, the compound of formula I is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
For oral administration, the compound or a therapeutically acceptable salt is administered in the range of 10 to 200 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, with a preferred range of 25 to 150 mg per kilogram.
For systemic administration, the compound of formula (I) is administered at a dosage of 10 mg to 150 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, although the aforementioned variations will occur. A dosage level that is in the range of from about 10 mg to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day is most desirably employed in order to achieve effective results.
When the compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. When these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV polymerase or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also be achieved using the compounds of this invention in combination with agents which include, but are not limited to: immunomodulatory agents, such as α-, β-, or γ-interferons; other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include, but are not limited to, helicase, NS2/3 protease, NS3 protease, or internal ribosome entry site (IRES); or combinations thereof. The additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form.
Methodology and Synthesis
Indole derivatives or analogs according to the present invention can be prepared from known monocyclic aromatic compounds by adapting known literature sequences such as those described by J.W. Ellingboe et al. (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 7963) and S. Cacchi et al. (Tet. Lett. 1992, 33, 3915). Scheme 1 , shown below wherein R1, R2, Sp, Y and L are as described herein, illustrate how these procedures can be adapted to the synthesis of compounds of formula I of this invention.
SCHEME 1
Figure imgf000102_0001
Compound of formula 1.1
In carrying out the route illustrated in Scheme 1 , a suitably protected form of 3- trifluoroacetamido-4-iodobenzoic acid l(i) is reacted with an alkyne l(ii) in the ' presence of a metal catalyst (e.g. a palladium metal complex such as PdCI2(PPh3)2, Pd2dba3, Pd(PPh3)4 and the like), a base (EtsN, DIEA and the like or an inorganic basic salt including metal carbonates, fluorides and phosphates), and optionally in the presence of an additional phosphine ligand (triaryl or heteroarylphosphine, dppe, dppf, dppp and the like). Suitable solvents for this reaction include DMF, dioxane, THF, DME, toluene, MeCN, DMA and the like at temperatures ranging from 20 °C to 170 °C, or alternatively without solvent by heating the components together.
Alternatively, the cross-coupling reaction can be carried out on a suitably protected form of 3-amino-4-iodobenzoate and the amino group can be trifluoroacetylated in the subsequent step as described by J.W. Ellingboe et al. (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 7963). Reaction of the above diarylalkynes l(iii) with an enol triflate or equivalent under cross-coupling conditions similar to those described above gives after hydrogenation of the double bond, indole derivatives l(iv). Enol triflates are known and can be prepared from the corresponding ketones by following known literature methods (for example, cyclohexene triflate can be prepared from cyclohexanone, triflic anhydride and a hindered organic base such as 2,6-di-fet -butyl-4-methylpyridine). The hydrogenation of the double bond originally present in R3 can be carried out with hydrogen gas or a hydrogen donor (ammonium formate, formic acid and the like) in the presence of a metal catalyst (preferably Pd) in a suitable solvent (lower alkyl alcohols, THF etc.). The indole derivative l(iv) is then alkylated on nitrogen with an appropriate spacer (Sp) and further elaborated if necessary to give Λ/-alkylated indole carboxylates where Y, Sp and L are as defined herein.
Finally, following hydrolysis of the indole ester protecting group, the resulting carboxyindole derivative is converted to compounds of formula 1 by coupling with the appropriate Z group. Condensation of the 6-indolecarboxylic acid with amines or alcohols can be accomplished using standard amide bond forming reagents such as TBTU, HATU, BOP, BroP, EDAC, DCC, isobutyl chloroformate and the like, or by - activation of the carboxyl group by conversion to the corresponding acid chloride prior to condensation with an amine. Any remaining protecting group is removed following this step to give compounds of formula 1.1.
Alternatively, compounds of formula 1.1 can be prepared by elaboration from a preexisting indole core by following adaptations of literature procedures as described, for example, by P. Gharagozloo et al. (Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 10185) or K. Freter (J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 2525). Such a methodology is illustrated in Scheme 2: SCHEME 2
Figure imgf000104_0001
compounds of formulae 1.1
In carrying out the route illustrated in Scheme 2, commercially available 6- indolecarboxylic acid 2(i), which can also be prepared according to the method of S. Kamiya et al. (Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 1692) is used as the starting material. The indole 2(i) is reacted with a ketone 2(ii) under basic or acidic aldol-type conditions. Suitable conditions to affect this condensation include strong bases such as alkali metal hydroxides, alkoxides and hydrides in solvents such as lower alkyl alcohols (MeOH, EtOH, terfBuOH etc.), THF, dioxane, DMF, DMSO, DMA and the like at reaction temperature ranging from -20 °C to 120 °C. Alternatively, the condensation can be carried out under acid conditions using organic or mineral acids or both. Appropriate conditions include mixtures of AcOH and aqueous phosphoric acid at temperatures ranging from 15°C to 120 °C. The carboxylic acid group is then protected in the form of an ester (usually lower alkyl) using known methods. Halogenation (usually bromination, but also iodination) of the 2-position of the indole 2(iii) gives 2(iv). Suitable halogenating agents include, for example, elemental bromine, Λ/-bromosuccinimide, pyridine tribromide, dibromohydantoin and the corresponding iodo derivatives. Suitable solvents for this reaction are inert to reactive halogenating agents and include for example hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons (DCM, CCI4, CHCI3), ethers (THF, DME, dioxane), acetic acid, ethyl acetate, IPA, and mixtures of these solvents. Reaction temperature ranges from -40 °C to 100 °C. A method of choice to carry out the bromination of indoles as shown in Scheme 2 was described by L. Chu (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 3871).
The 2-bromoindole derivatives 2(iv) can be converted to fully substituted key intermediates l(v) by different sequences: (1) Trans-metallation of the 2- bromoindole to tin, boron, zinc species and the like, followed by cross-coupling reaction with aryl or heteroaryl halides under transition metal catalysis as described in scheme 1 gives indole derivative 2(vii) which can then be elaborated on nitrogen as described in scheme 1 to give key intermediate 1(v). In this approach, the indoleic NH is optionally protected with known protecting groups such as BOC, MOM, SEM, SO2Ph and the like. The protecting group is removed at a later stage of the sequence, prior to linker attachment. The conversion of 2-bromoindole derivatives 2(iv) to the corresponding organotin species 2(vi) is carried out via initial low- temperature (usually -78 ° to -30 °C) halogen-metal exchange using an alkyllithium reagent (e.g. nBuLi or ferf-BuLi) or using lithium metal. The transient 2-lithioindole species is then trapped with a trialkyltin halide (e.g. nBu3SnCI or Me3SnCI) or a borate ester (e.g. trimethyl or triisopropyl borates). Alternatively, the lithioindole intermediate can be trapped with zinc chloride to form the corresponding organozincate which can also undergo transition metal-catalyzed cross-coupling with aromatic and heteroaromatic halides or triflates as described, for example, by M. Rowley (J. Med. Chem. 2001 , 44, 1603). Alternatively, species such as 2(vi) where the indoleic NH is masked with a protecting group, can be generated directly from 2(iii) by ester formation followed by indole NH protection and abstraction of the 2-H proton with strong base (e.g. alkyllithiums, alkalimetal amides) followed by trans- metallation. Alternatively, 2-bromoindole 2(iv) can be cross-coupled directly to aryl and heteroaryl stannanes or boronic acid derivatives to give 2(vii) directly. Boron or tin organometallic species are from commercial sources or can be prepared by standard literature procedures. (2) In a second approach, 2-bromoindole 2(ϊv) is first elaborated on nitrogen to give 2(v) which is then cross-coupled to R2 to give the same intermediate 1 (v) as described above. Cross-coupling with organoboron reagents can be carried out by any variations of the Suzuki cross-coupling reaction reported in the literature. This usually involves the use of a transition metal catalyst (usually Pd°), triaryl or triheteroarylphosphine ligands, an additive such as an inorganic chloride (e.g. LiCI), and a base (usually an aqueous inorganic base such as sodium or potassium carbonate or phosphate). The reaction is usually carried out in an alcoholic solvent (EtOH), DME, toluene, THF and the like at temperatures ranging from 25 °C to 140 °C. Cross-coupling with tin reagents can be carried out by any variations of the Stille cross-coupling reaction reported in the literature. This usually involves the use of a transition metal catalyst (usually Pd°), triaryl or triheteroaryl phosphine ligands, and an additive such as an inorganic chloride (e.g. LiCI) or iodide (e.g. Cul). Suitable solvents for this reaction include toluene, DMF, THF, DME and the like at temperatures ranging from 25 °C to 140 °C. Intermediate l(v) is then converted to compounds of formula 1.1 as described for Scheme 1. Reaction conditions to alkylate the nitrogen of an indole derivative are well known to those skilled in the art and include the use of strong bases such as alkali metal hydrides, hydroxides, carbonates, amides, alkoxides and alkylmetals, in the appropriate solvent (such as THF, dioxane, DME, DMF, MeCN, DMSO, alcohols and the like) at temperatures ranging from -78 °C to 140 °C. An electrophilic form of Sp is used for the alkylation of the indole anion. Such electrophilic species include iodides, bromides, chlorides and sulfonate esters (mesylate, tosylate, brosylate or triflate). EXAMPLES
The present invention is illustrated in further detail by the following non-limiting examples. All reactions were performed in a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius. Flash chromatography was performed on silica gel. Solution percentages or ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Mass spectral analyses were recorded using electrospray mass spectrometry. Hereinbefore and hereinafter the following abbreviations or symbols are used:
AcOH: acetic acid
BOC or Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl
BOP: benzotriazole-1 -yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
BroP: Bromo tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate Bu: butyl
Cbz: carbobenzyloxy carbonyl;
DBA: dibenzylideneacetone;
DBU: 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
DCC: 1 ,3-Dicyclohexyl carbodiimide DCM: dichloromethane
DEPC: diethyl pyrocarbonate;
DIEA: dusopropylethylamine;
DMAP: 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine;
DME: dimethoxyethane; DMF: N./V-dimethylformamide;
DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide; dppe: 1 ,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane dppf: 1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene dppp: 1 ,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane DTT: dithiothreitol
EDAC: see EDC
EDC: 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide hydrochloride
EDTA: ethylenediaminetetraacetate
ES": electro spray (negative ionization) ES+: electro spray (positive ionization) Et: ethyl;
Et2O: diethyl ether;
EtOAc: ethyl acetate;
EtOH: ethanol Fmoc: 9-Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
HATU: O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N/,N/-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HBTU: O-Benzotriazol-1-yl-/V,N,N'.W-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HOAT: 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole HOBt: 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole
HPLC: high performance liquid chromatography;
I PA: isopropyl acetate
'Pr: isopropyl
'PrOH: isopropanol Me: methyl;
MeCN: acetonitrile;
MeOH: Methanol;
MOM: methoxymethyl;
MS (ES): electrospray mass spectrometry; NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone
PFU: plaque forming units;
Ph: phenyl;
RNAsin: A ribonuclease inhibitor marketed by Promega Corporation
RT: room temperature (approximatly 25°C) SEM: trimethylsilylethoxymethyl;
TBE: tris-borate-EDTA;
TBME: tert-butylmethyl ether
TBTU: 2-(^H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate; tBu: tert-butyl; TFA: trifluoroacetic acid;
TFAA: trifluoroacetic anhydride;
TΗF: tetrahydrofuran;
TLC: thin layer chromatography
Tris: 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1 ,3-propanediol UMP: uridine 5'-monophosphate UTP: uridine 5'-triphosphate
Examples 1-33 illustrate methods of synthesis of representative compounds of this invention.
EXAMPLE 1
3-Cyclohexyl-2-phenylindole-6-carboxylic acid:
H-N COOH H2N COOM
MeOH / SOCL
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000109_0002
Pd(PPh3)4 / K2CO.
Figure imgf000109_0003
Figure imgf000109_0004
Methyl 3-amino-4-iodobenzoate: 3-Amino-4-iodobenzoic acid (13.35 g, 50.8 mmol) was added to MeOH (150mL) and SOCI2 (4.8 mL, 65.8 mmol, 1.3 equivalent) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 3 h and then volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was co- evaporated 3 x with MeOH and dried in vacuo (15.23 g). Methyl 3-trifluoroacetamido-4-iodobenzoate: The aniline derivative from above (14.53 g, 52 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (200 mL) and TFAA (15 mL, 104 mmol) was added. The dark purple solution was refluxed overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was passed through a short pad of silica gel using DCM as eluent. The desired product was obtained as a pink solid (13.81 g): MS (ES') m/z 371.9 (M-H). 4-Phenylethynyl-3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanoylamino)-benzoic acid methyl ester: The iodide from above (0.742 g, 2 mmol), phenylacetylene (0.37 mL, 3.9 mmol, 1.7 equivalent) and Et3N (6 mL) were charged in a dry flask under argon. PdCI2(PPh3)2 (0.241 g, 0.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature until judged complete by HPLC analysis (~5 h). The reaction mixture was concentrated to Vz volume under reduced pressure and diluted with water (80 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the organic extract washed with 5% HCl (100 mL), after (100 mL) and brine (40 mL). After drying over MgSO4, the residue was purified by flash chromatography using 20% EtOAc - hexane as eluent to give the desired cross-coupled alkyne as a tan solid (0.442 g): MS (ES+) m/z 348.0 (MH+). Methyl 3-(cyclohexenyl)-2-phenylindole 6-carboxylate: A flame-dried flask was charged with finely powdered anhydrous K2CO3 (0.153 g, 1.1 mmol) and the alkyne derivative from above (0.390 g, 1.1 mmol). Dry DMF (4 mL) was added and the suspension degassed with a stream of argon. The enol triflate derived from cyclohexanone, prepared following the procedure described by A.G. Martinez, M. Hanack et al. (J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1988, 25, 1237) or equivalent methods described in the literature (0.802 g, 3.3 mmol, 3 equivalents) was added followed by Pd(PPh3) (0.086 g, 0.07 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 8 h at room temperature. DMF was removed under vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography using DCM as eluent (0.260 g): MS (ES+) m/z 332.2 (MH+). Methyl 3-cyclohexyl-2-phenylindole-6-carboxylate: The material from above was hydrogenated (1 atm H2 gas) over 20% Pd(OH)2 in the usual manner, using MeOH as solvent. The desired cyclohexane indole was isolated after filtration of the catalyst: MS (ES+) m/z 334.1 (MH+). 3-Cyclohexyl-2-phenylindole-6-carboxylic acid:
The methyl ester from above (0.154 g, 0.15 mmol) was refluxed overnight in a mixture of MeOH (10 mL) and 2N NaOH (6 mL) until complete hydrolysis had occurred as shown by HPLC analysis. After cooling to room temperature, 2N HCl (5 mL) was added followed by AcOH to pH 7. MeOH was removed under reduced, pressure, water (50 mL) was added and the product extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried (MgSO4). Removal of volatiles under reduced pressure gave the title indole carboxylic acid of example 1 as a light- orange solid (0.149 g): MS (ES") m/z 319 (M-H).
Following the same procedure but using 2-ethynylpyridine instead of phenylacetylene, 3-cyclohexane-2-(2-pyridyl)indole-6-carboxylic acid was obtained.
EXAMPLE 2 Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxyiate:
Figure imgf000111_0001
3-Cyclohexenyl-6-indole carboxylic acid:
A 12 L round-bottomed flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and a mechanical stirrer, and the system was purged with nitrogen gas. 6-indole carboxylic acid (300.00 g, 1.86 mole, 3 equivalents) was charged into the flask, followed by MeOH (5.5 L). After stirring for 10 min at room temperature, cyclohexanone (579 mL, 5.58 mole) was added. Methanolic sodium methoxide (25% w/w, 2.6 L, 11.37 mole, 6.1 equivalents) was added in portions over 10 min. The mixture was then refluxed for 48 h. After cooling to room temperature, water (4 L) was added and methanol removed under reduced pressure. The residual aqueous phase was acidified to pH 1 with concentrated HCl (-1.2 L). The resulting yellowish precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum at 50 °C. The desired cyclohexene derivative was obtained as a beige solid (451.0g, 100% yield). 3-Cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxylic acid: The unsaturated derivative from above was hydrogenated for 20 h under 55 psi hydrogen gas pressure over 20% Pd(OH)2/C (10.25 g) using 1 :1 THF - MeOH (2.5 L) as solvent. After filtration of the catalyst, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with hexane. The beige solid was collected by filtration, washed with hexane and dried under vacuum (356.4 g, 78% yield). ~ Methyl 3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxyiate (thionyl chloride procedure):
A 5 L three-necked flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and a mechanical stirrer, and the system was purged with nitrogen gas. The indole carboxylic acid from above (300.00 g, 1.233 mole) was charged into the flask and suspended in MeOH (2 L). Thionyl chloride ( 5 mL, 0.0685 mole, 0.05 equivalent) was added dropwise and the mixture was refluxed for 48 h. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with hexane to give a beige solid that was washed with hexane and dried under vacuum (279.6 g, 88% yield). Methyl 3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxyiate (carbonate / iodomethane ill
procedure):
A 2 L flask equipped with a dropping funnel and mechanical stirrer was charged with crude 3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxylic acid (99.4 g, 0.409 mole) and anhydrous DMF (665 mL) was added followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (78.13 g, 0.565 mole). Iodomethane (63.72 g, 0.449 mole) was added dropwise over 35 min with stirring to the slurry which was then stirred overnight at room temperature until complete disappearance of starting material (TLC). The resulting suspension was then poured into water (1350 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with 4N HCl (200 mL). The product was extracted into ether (3 x 1700 mL), washed with water and brine and dried (Na2SO4). Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with hexane (700 mL). The beige solid was filtered and dried under vacuum (94.3 g, 90 % yield).
Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclohexyl-6-indole carboxyiate: Adapting the procedure of L. Chu (Tet. Lett. 1997, 38, 3871) methyl 3-cyclohexyl-6- indole carboxyiate (4.65 g, 18.07 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (80 mL) and CHCI3 (80 mL). The solution was cooled in an ice bath and pyridinium bromide perbromide (pyridine tribromide, 7.22 g, 22.6 mmol, 1.25 equivalent) was added. After stirring for 1.5 h at 0 °C, the reaction was judged complete by TLC. It was diluted with CHCl3 (200 mL), washed with 1 M NaHSO3 (2 x 50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2 x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL). After drying over Na2SO4, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue crystallized from TBME - hexane. The desired 2-bromoindole derivative was collected by filtration, washed with hexane and dried (3.45 g). Evaporation of mother liquors gave a red solid that was purified by flash chromatography using 15% EtOAc in hexane yielding an additional 3.62 g of pure material. Total yield was 5.17 g (85% yield).
EXAMPLE 3
Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxyiate:
Figure imgf000113_0001
3-Cyclopentenyl-6-indole carboxylic acid:
A 3 L three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer was charged with indole 6-carboxylic acid (220 g, 1.365 mole) and KOH pellets (764.45 g, 13.65 mole, 10 equivalents). Water (660 mL) and MeOH (660 mL) were added and the mixture heated to 75 °C. Cyclopentanone (603.7 mL, 6.825 mole, 5 equivalents) was added dropwise over 18 h using a pump. The reaction mixture was heated for an additional 3 h (after which the reaction was judged complete by HPLC) and cooled to 0 °C for 1 h. The precipitated potassium salt is collected by filtration, and washed with TBME (2 X 500 mL) to remove cyclopentanone self-condensation products. The brown solid was re-dissolved in water (2.5 L) and the solution washed with TBME (2 X 1 L). Following acidification to pH 3 with cone. HCl (425 mL), the beige precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 X 1 L) and dried under vacuum at 70 °C. The crude product weighed 275.9 g (88.9 % mass recovery) and had an homogeneity of 85% (HPLC).
3-Cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxylic acid:
The crude product from above (159.56 g, 0.70 mole) was dissolved in MeOH (750 mL) and 20% Pd(OH)2 on charcoal (8.00 g) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus under 50 psi hydrogen gas for 18 h. After completion, the catalyst was removed by filtration through celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The resulting brown solid was dried at 70 °C under vacuum for 12 h. The crude product (153.2 g) was obtained as a brown solid and was 77% homogeneous by HPLC. Methyl 3-cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxyiate: The indole carboxylic acid from above was converted to the corresponding methyl ester using the carbonate / iodomethane procedure described in example 2. Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclopentyl-6-indole carboxyiate: The indole carboxyiate from above was brominated using pyridinium bromide perbromide following the procedure described in example 2.
EXAMPLE 4
General procedure for the Suzuki cross-coupling of aryl and heteroarylboronic acids with 2-bromoindole derivatives:
Cross-coupling of aromatic/heteroaromatic boronic acid or ester derivatives with 2- bromoindoles such as the ones described in examples 2 and 3 can be performed using any variations of the standard metal-catalyzed Suzuki cross-coupling reaction as described in the literature and well known to those skilled in the art. The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting.
3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester:
Figure imgf000114_0001
The 2-bromoindole of example 2 (8.92 g, 26.5 mmol), 3-furanboronic acid (B.P. Roques et al. J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1975, 12, 195; 4.45 g, 39.79 mmol, 1.5 equivalent) and LiCI (2.25 g, 53 mmol, 2 equivalents) were dissolved in a mixture of EtOH (100 mL) and toluene (100 mL). A 1 M aqueous Na2CO3 solution (66 mL, 66 mmol) was added and the mixture was degassed with argon for 45 min. Pd(PPh3)4 (3.06 g, 2.65 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) was added and the mixture stirred overnight at 75-85 °C under argon. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue re-dissolved in EtOAc (500 mL). The solution was washed with water, saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). After drying over a mixture of MgSO and decolorizing charcoal, the mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was triturated with a mixture of TBME (20 mL) and hexane (40 mL), cooled in ice and the precipitated solid collected by filtration, washed with cold 25% TBME in hexane, and dried (3.09 g). The filtrate and washings from the above trituration were combined, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc in hexane to give an additional 4.36 g of product. The total yield of the 2-(3-furyl)indole of example 4 was 8.25 g. Example 5
General procedure for the Stille cross-coupling of aryl and heteroarylstannanes with 2-bromoindole derivatives:
Cross-coupling of aromatic/heteroaromatic stannane derivatives with 2-bromoindoles such as the ones described in examples 2 and 3 can be performed using any variations of the standard metal-catalyzed Stille cross-coupling reaction as described in the literature and well known to those skilled in the art. The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting. 3-Cyclohexyl-2-thiophen-2-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester:
Figure imgf000115_0001
A 1 L flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with 2- trimethylstannylthiophene (11.16 g, 45 mmol), the 2-bromoindole of example 2 (7.00 g, 21 mmol) and anhydrous THF (300 mL). The solution was degassed by bubbling argon through the solution for 1 h. The catalyst, dichloro- bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.76 g, 2.5 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 80 °C under an argon atmosphere for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered to remove solids and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using 9 : 1 hexane - EtOAc as eluent, to give the desired 2-(2-thiophene)indole product of example 5 (7.10 g, 99% yield).
EXAMPLE 6
General procedure for N-alkylation of indole derivatives to give N- (methylcarboxy)indoles: The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting.
Methyl 1-carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000116_0001
Methyl 1-tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6- carboxylate:
The indole derivative from example 4 (18.50 g, 57.4 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (120 mL) and the solution was cooled in an ice bath under an argon atmosphere. NaH (60 % oil dispersion, 2.88 g, 72 mmol) was added in 3 portions and the mixture stirred 1 h at 0 °C. tert-Butylbromoacetate (13.88 g, 71 mmol, 1.24 equiv.) was added dropwise over 10 min and then the ice bath was removed. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. It was then diluted with TBME (1500 mL) and washed with 10 % HCl (2 x 250 mL), water (3 x 500 mL) and brine (1 x 400 mL). After drying (Na2SO4), the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a white solid. The solid was triturated with hexane (300 mL), filtered and triturated a second time with hexane (500 mL). Filtration followed by drying under vacuum gave the desired tert-butyl ester as a white solid (21.6 g, 86 % yield). Methyl 1-carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate: The tert-butyl ester from above (21.5 g, 49 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (90 mL) and TFA (65.6 mL) was added dropwise to the solution which was stirred for 5 h at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the residue was co-evaporated 3 x with DCM and then dried under vacuum. The crude product was triturated with a mixture of hexane (200 mL) and DCM (20 mL), filtered and dried under vacuum to give the title compound of example 6 as a white solid (18.62 g, 99 % yield).
EXAMPLE 7 Methyl 1 -carboxy methyl-3-cyclopentyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000117_0001
The procedures for examples 4 and 6 were followed, using the 2-bromoindole of example 3 as starting material.
EXAMPLE 8
Methyl 2-bromo-1-carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000117_0002
The 2-bromoindole from example 2 was Λ/-alkylated with tert-butylbromoacetate using NaH in DMF and the tert-butyl ester cleaved with TFA as described in example 6 to give the title compound of example 8 as a white solid.
EXAMPLE 9
General procedure for amidation of N-(methylcarboxy)indoles with amines and saponification to give inhibitors of general formula 1.1:
The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting. 3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000118_0001
Methyl 3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1 -(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylate:
The Λ/-(methylcarboxy)indole derivative of example 6 (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol, 1 equiv.), morpholine (141 μL, 1.6 mmol, 1.22 equiv.) and triethylamine (432 μL, 3.1 mmol, 2.36 equiv.) were dissolved in a mixture of THF (13 mLO and DMF (3 m). TBTU (0.514 g, 1.6 mmol, 1.22 equiv.) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h (complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed successively with 10% aqueous HCl, water and brine. The extract was dried (MgSO4), concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 70 % EtOAc in hexane as eluent. The methyl ester of example 9 was obtained as a yellow solid (0.498 g, 84 % yield).
3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxy lie acid: The methyl ester from above (0.480 g, 0.995 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (8 mL) and MeOH (4 mL) and the solution heated to 50 °C. 4N NaOH (2.5 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture that was then stirred for an additional 3.5 h at 50 °C, at which it was judged complete by TLC. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between 10% aqueous HCl and DCM. The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO ) and concentrated to give a residue that was purified by flash chromatography with 60% EtOAc in hexane + 3 % AcOH. The title compound of example 9 was obtained as a yellow solid (0.320 g, 74 % yield). EXAMPLE 10
Methyl 2-(2-bromo-ethanoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-dimethylcarbamoylmethyl-1H- indole-6-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000119_0001
Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclohexyl-1-dimethylcarbamoylmethyl-1H-indole-6- carboxylate:
The 2-bromoindole derivative of example 8 (7.00 g, 17.75 mmol) was dissolved in THF (150 mL) and triethylamine (8.7 mL, 62.14 mmol, 3 equiv.) was added followed by TBTU (7.13 g, 22.44 mmol, 1.25 equiv.). The white suspension was stirred for 20 min and dimethylamine hydrochloride (1.81 g, 22.2 mmol, 1.25 equiv.) was added followed by DMF (75 mL). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the reaction was judged complete by TLC (additional TBTU, Et3N and dimethylamine hydrochloride can be added if required to complete the reaction). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 10 % HCl (100 mL), water (12 x 320 mL) and brine. After drying over Na2SO4, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography to give the desired dimethyl amide as a white solid (6.10 g, 81 % yield). Methyl 3-cyclohexyl-1-dimethylcarbamoylmethyl-2-(1-ethoxy-vinyl)-1H-indole- 6-carboxylate:
The 2-bromoindole derivative from above (6.10 g, 13.54 mmol) was charged in a 100 mL flask equipped with a stirrer and reflux condenser. Anhydrous dioxane (50 mL) was added and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin (6.27 g, 17.37 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through the suspension for 40 min. Dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.51 g, 0.72 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 100 °C under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and volatiles removed under reduced pressure. EtOAc (120 mL) was added and insoluble solids removed by filtration through celite. Removal of solvent under reduced pressure and trituration of the residue with THF gave the desired product as a beige solid. Purification of the mother liquors by flash chromatography gave additional material. The total yield was 5.36 g (89 %).
Methyl 2-(2-bromo-ethanoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-dimethylcarbamoylmethyl-1H- indole-6-carboxylate: The vinyl ether from above (5.30 g, 12.85 mmol) was dissolved in THF (300 mL) and the solution cooled in an ice-water bath. Water (30 mL) was added followed by N- bromosuccinimide (2.29 g, 12.85 mmol, 1 equiv.) in five equal portions over 10 min. After stirring for 1 h, addition Λ/-bromosuccinimide (0.5 g) was added and after stirring for an additional 30 min at 0 °C, a final portion (0.5 g) was added to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether (200 mL) and water (100 mL) was added. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL). The extract was washed with water (3 x 100 mL) and brine and then dried over Na2SO . Removal of volatiles under reduced pressure gave a yellow oil that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20 - 50% EtOAc in hexane as eluent to give the desired bromoketone of example 10 as a yellow solid (3.74 g, 62% yield).
EXAMPLE 11
Methyl 2-(2-bromo-ethanoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H- indole-6-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000120_0001
The same procedures described in example 10 were used but dimethylamine hydrochloride was replaced with morpholine in step 1. EXAMPLE 12
General procedure for the conversion of bromomethylketones (such as those of examples 10 and 11) to thiazolyl-substituted indoles and hydrolysis to give inhibitors of general formula 1.1 where R2 is a (2-substituted 5-thiazolyl) heterocycle:
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000121_0002
X = H, alkyl, NH2, NH(alkyl), NHCO(alkyl)
Bromomethylketones such as those described in examples 10 and 11 were reacted with thioamides and thioureas and then saponified to give the carboxylic acids of example 12. The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non- limiting.
2-(2-tert-Butylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)- 1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000121_0003
The bromomethylketone of example 11 (39.6 mg, 0.078 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and Λ/-tertbutylthiourea (12.4 mg, 0.094 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. 10 N NaOH (24 μL) was added and after stirring for 4 h at room temperature, another portion of 10 N NaOH (24 μL) was added and the mixture stirred 24 h at room temperature to complete the hydrolysis. The reaction mixture was then neutralized by addition of TFA and the title product of example 12 isolated directly from the reaction mixture by preparative HPLC as a white amorphous TFA salt (21 mg).
EXAMPLE 13
3-Cyclohexyl-1-(3,3-dimethyl-2-oxo-butyl)-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000122_0001
The indole ester of example 4 (0.080 g, 0.247 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and NaH (60 % oil dispersion; 0.016 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.6 equiv.) was added. After stirring for 30 min, 1-bromopinacolone (45 μL, 0.3 mmol, 22 equiv.) was added and the mixture stirred for 2.5 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of 10 % aqueous HCl and extracted with TBME. The extract was washed with water, dried (MgSO ) and concentrated to give a residue that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 15-20 % EtOAc in hexane as eluent. The methyl ester of example 13 was obtained as a light-yellow solid. The methyl ester from above (0.040 g, 0.095 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) and 2.5 N NaOH (400 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 5 h after which the reaction was judged complete by TLC. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between 10 % aqueous HCl and DCM. The organic phase was washed with water, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound of example 13 as a white amorphous solid (22 mg). EXAMPLE 14 3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-thioxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000123_0001
The amide of example 9 (0.060 g, 0.137 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and P2S5 (0.031 g, 0.07 mmol, 0.51 equiv.) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 15 h after which another portion of P2S5 (0.020 g) was added. After stirring for an additional 2 h at 50 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue passed through a plug of silica gel using 60 % EtOAc in hexane + 3 % AcOH as eluent. The fractions containing the product were combined and after removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound of example 14 as a white amorphous solid (11 mg).
EXAMPLE 15
Procedures for the preparation of benzimidazole-derivatives (group Q1 or Q2)
Example 15a: (E)-3-[2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-benzoimidazol-5-yl]- acrylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000123_0002
A mixture of 4-chloro-3-nitrocinnamic acid (500 mg, 2.2 mmol) and methylamine (8 mL of 2M in THF, 16 mmol) were heated in a sealed tube at 80 °C for 20 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated to an orange solid that was used in the following step without further purification. The crude 4-methylamino-3-nitrocinnamic acid intermediate (488 mg, 2.2 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and an ether solution of diazomethane was added until HPLC analysis indicated complete conversion of the acid to the methyl ester. The solution was concentrated to dryness to obtain 540 mg of the methyl ester as an orange solid which was used further without purification. The crude methyl ester (540 mg, -2.2 mmol) and SnCI2 dihydrate (2.25 g, 10 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 hours. After that period, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and was slowly added to aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, using a gradient of hexane in ethyl acetate (from 50 % to 30 %) to give the pure diamino cinnamate ester intermediate as a yellow solid (245 mg). ES+ MS m/z 207.1 (M+H)+, ES" MS m/z 205.0 (M-H)" A sample of the above diamino intermediate (40 mg, 0.194 mmol) was suspended in CH2CI2 (3 mL) and the aminocyclobutyl acid chloride prepared from 1- aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid, following a similar procedure to that described in example 20, (31 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated to obtain a white solid. The solid was then dissolved in acetic acid (5 mL) and heated to 60 °C for 20 hours. The reaction crude was diluted with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, extracted with CH2CI2 (2x50 mL) and brine, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound of example 15a as a light brown foam (53 mg): ES+ MS m/z: 286.0 (M+H)+ Example 15b: (E)-3-[2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-3-methyl-3H-benzoimidazol-5-yl]- acrylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000125_0001
3) CH3C02H 60°C, 20
A mixture of 3-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (1.24 g, 7.4 mmol) and (carbethoxy- methylene)triphenylphophorane (2.6 g, 7.4 mmol) were dissolved in THF (60 mL) and stirred at 60 °C for 2 hours. The mixture was then concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography, using hexane in ethyl acetate (70 %) as the eluent, to obtain a the frans-cinnamate ester derivative as a pure yellow solid (1.73 g). The above cinnamate ester was dissolved in DMF (15 mL), methyl iodide (1.35 mL, 21.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (3.0 g, 21.7 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. After that period, water was added and the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with water (2x). The solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give the crude methoxy analogue as a white solid (-1,7 g). The crude 3-methoxy-4-nitrocinnamate ester (570 mg, 2.27 mmol) and methylamine (30 mL of 2M in THF, 60 mmol) were heated in sealed tube at 85 °C for 40 hours. After that period the mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography, using ethyl acetate in hexane (10 %) as the eluent, to obtain the desired 3-methylamino-4-nitrocinnamate ester (-160 mg). ES+ MS m/z 251.0 (M+H)+
Intermediate 3-methylamino-4-nitrocinnamate ester (-150 mg) and SnCI2 dihydrate (950 mg, 4.2 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 80° C for 20 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was slowly added to an aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO3 and stirred for 30 min. The organic layer was then extracted with ice cold brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (using a gradient from 70 % to 60 % of hexane in ethyl acetate) to give the pure diamino cinnamate ester as a yellow solid (100 mg). ES+ MS m/z: 221.0 (M+H)+
The above diamino intermediate (100 mg, 0.45 mmol) was suspended in CH2CI2 (5 mL) and the aminocyclobutyl acid chloride prepared from 1-aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid, following a similar procedure to that described in example 20 (77 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated to obtain a white solid. The solid was then dissolved in acetic acid (5 mL) and heated to 60 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and the precipitate formed was filtered and washed with cold acetic acid, and then dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (2x) and ice cold brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound of example 15b (E)-3-[2-(1-amino-cyclobutyl)-3-methyl-3H- benzoimidazol-5-yl]-acrylic acid methyl ester as a white solid (58 mg). Note: it will be apparent to the person skilled in the art that the
(carbethoxymethylene)triphenylphosphorane used in this procedure can be replaced by appropriately substituted derivatives to prepare analogues bearing various substituents on the cinnamate double bond. In addition, cinnamate methyl esters can also be prepared in an analogous fashion using the appropriate reagent.
Example 15c: 2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-1H-benzoimidazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000127_0001
1) CH3C02H 70°C, 3 h 2) TFA/ CH2CI2 (1:1)
Figure imgf000127_0002
Methyl 3,4-diaminobenzoate (320 mg, 1.9 mmol), the SEM-protected cyclobutylamino acid (500 mg, 1.9 mmol) of example 21 and TBTU (836 mg, 2.2 mmol) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (10 mL) and DIPEA (1.1 mL, 6 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and extracted with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (2x) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to isolate the crude amide intermediate as a yellow oil (407 mg). The amide was dissolved in acetic acid (10 mL) and stirred at 70 °C for 3 hours to induce dehydration and cyclization to the benzymidazole. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with 10% aqueous citric acid (2x), aqueous saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, using a solvent gradient of hexane in ethyl acetate (from 80 % to 50 %), to give the SEM-protected benzymidazole intermediate as a pink solid (574 mg). ES+ MS m/z: 390.2 (M+H)+ The protecting group was then removed by dissolving this solid in TFA CH2CI2 (2 mL, 1 :1 ratio) and stirring the solution at room temperature for 2 hours. The solution was evaporated to dryness under vacuum to give the products, 2-(1-amino-cyclobutyl)- 1 H-benzoimidazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester, which was used for the synthesis of inhibitors without further purification. EXAMPLE 16
General procedure for N-allylation of indole derivative of example 6:
Figure imgf000128_0001
wherein R, R', R" are H or alkyl. The following example serves to illustrate such as process and is non-limiting:
Figure imgf000128_0002
1 -Allyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-f uran-3-yl-1 H-indole-6-carboxylic acid:
The indole derivative of example 4 (0.050 g, 0.156 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and the solution was cooled in ice-water. NaH (60 % oil dispersion, 7 mg, 0.175 mmol, 1.13 equiv.) was added and the ice-bath removed. Allyl bromide (15 μL, 0.17 mmol, 1.11 equiv.) was added and the reaction stirred overnight at room temperature (complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with DMSO (1 mL) and 5N NaOH (200 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h (complete by HPLC), neutralized by addition of TFA and the product isolated directly from the reaction mixture by preparative HPLC. The title product of example 16 was isolated as a white amorphous solid (33 mg).
EXAMPLE 17
3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(3-morpholin-4-yl-3-oxo-propyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000129_0001
Methyl 1 -(2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3«yl-1 H-indole-6- carboxylate:
The indole ester of example 4 (0.100 g, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and NaH (60 % oil dispersion, 0.020 g, 0.50 mmol, 1.6 equiv.) was added. After stirring for 1 h at room temperature, tert-butyl 3-bromopropionate (0.102 g, 0.49 mmol, 1.6 equiv.) was added and the mixture stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was the removed under vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to give the N-alkylated indole (41 mg). Methyl 1 -(2-carboxy-ethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1 H-indole-6-carboxylate: The tert-butyl ester from above (40 mg) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and TFA (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature after which volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated twice with DCM and used as such in the next step. 3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1 -(3-morpholin-4-yl-3-oxo-propyl)-1 H-indole-6- carboxylic acid:
The acid from above (18 mg, 0.046 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and HATU (26 mg, 0.069 mmol, 1.5 equiv.), DIEA (16 μL, 0.092 mmol, 2 equiv.) and morpholine (8 μL, 0.092 mmol, 2 equiv.) were added. The mixture was stirred for 3.5 h at room temperature (complete by HPLC). 5N NaOH (184 μL) was added and the mixture stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by addition of AcOH (100 μL) and the product isolated directly by preparative HPLC. The title compound of example 17 was isolated as a brownish amorphous solid (1.2 mg).
EXAMPLE 18
1-(2-Benzenesulfonylamino-2-oxo-ethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000130_0001
The acid derivative of example 6 (0.050 g, 0.13 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and EDCI (25 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 equiv.), DMAP (16 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 equiv.) and benzene sulfonamide (23.6 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.14 equiv.) were added. The greenish reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature (> 80 % conversion by HPLC). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with 10 % aqueous HCl and dried (Na2SO4). Evaporation of the solvent gave a residue that was dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) and 2.5N NaOH (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2.5 h at room temperature (complete by HPLC), neutralized with AcOH and the product isolated directly by preparative HPLC. The title compound of example 18 was obtained as a beige amorphous solid (15 mg).
EXAMPLE 19
(E)-3-(4-{[1 -(5-Amino-1 ,3-dioxinan-5-yl)-methanoyl]-amino}-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester (building block for group L and/or Z according to formula I)
OH OH o^o O . O
EtOOC X COOEt EtOO XC COOEt HOOC COOET
Figure imgf000130_0002
1,3-Dioxinane-5,5-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester:
A 500 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with diethyl bis(hydroxymethyl)malonate (5.00 g, 22.7 mmol, 1.00 equiv.), 1 ,3,5-trioxane (4.09 g, 45.41 mmol, 2.00 equiv.), (1R)-(-)-10-camphorsulfonic acid (CSA) (10.55 g, 45.41 mmol, 2.00 equiv.), and 4A molecular sieves (2.00 g). Chloroform (200 mL) was then added and the mixture was refluxed for 72 h (complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was filtered on celite and the filtrate was washed with aqueous 0.5 N sodium hydroxide (100 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was back-extracted with chloroform (50 mL). Organic layers were then combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude mixture was finally purified by flash chromatography (eluting hexane/EtOAc 4:1) to give the desired dioxane malonate as a colorless oil (3.41 g, 65 %). 1,3-Dioxinane-5,5-dicarboxylic acid ethyl ester:
A 50 mL round-bottomed flask was charged with the intermediate from above (1.00 g, 4.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv.). EtOH and aqueous 1.0 N sodium hydroxide (4.50 mL, 4.50 mmol, 1.05 equiv.) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 hrs (TLC monitoring). Then the pH of the reaction mixture was brought to 12 using aqueous 1.0 N sodium hydroxide and EtOH was removed in vacuo. The resulting aqueous solution was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 X 50 mL). Then the pH of the aqueous solution was brought to 2 using aqueous cone. HCl. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 50 mL). Organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. To give the desired monoester contaminated with -10 mole % of the corresponding diacid as a colorless oil (0.91 g). The material was used in the next step without further purification.
5-(2-Trimethylsilanyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-1,3-dioxinane-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester: In a 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a reflux condenser was mixed the above monoester (0.91 g, 4.31 mmol of monoacid, 1.00 equiv.) contaminated with approximately 10 % of diacid, anhydrous toluene (20 mL) and triethylamine (TEA) (750 μL, 5.39 mmol, 1.25 equiv.) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated to 80 °C and then diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.07 mL, 4.96 mmol, 1.15 equiv.) was slowly added in one minute. The mixture was then stirred at 80 °C for 1h. 2-
(Trimethylsilyl)ethanol (680 μL, 4.74 mmol, 1.10 equiv.) was added drop wise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C. After 24 h, the reaction was judged to be complete. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed successively with water (25 mL), aqueous 1.0 N HCl and sat. aqueous sodium carbonate. The organic layer was then dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was finally purified by flash chromatography (eluting Hexane/EtOAc 9:1 ) to give the desired SEM-carbamate-protected amino ester as a colorless oil (0.61 g, 45 %).
5-(2-Trimethylsilanyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-1,3-dioxinane-5-carboxylic acid: The ester from above (612 mg, 1.91 mmol, 1.00 equiv.) was dissolved in 15 mL of a 4:1 THF / MeOH mixture in a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. Aqueous. 10 N Sodium hydroxide (0.96 mL, 9.56 mmol, 5.00 equiv.) was then added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4h (TLC monitoring). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with 20 mL of 1.0 N. aqueous HCl, layers were separated and the organic phase was back-extracted with dichloromethane (2 X 20 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired acid as a white foam (466 mg, 84 %). (E)-3-[4-({1-[5-(2-Trimethylsilanyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-1,3-dioxinan-5-yl]- methanoyl}-amino)-phenyl]-acrylic acid ethyl ester:
5-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxycarbonylamino)-1 ,3-dioxane-5-carboxylic acid from above (0.050 g, 0.17 mmol), ethyl-4-aminocinnamate (0.036 g, 0.19 mmol), HATU (0.098 g, 0.26 mmol), HOAt (0.035 g, 0.26 mmol) and 2,4,6-collidine (0.062 mL, 0.51 mmol) were combined in anhydrous DMSO (1 mL). The solution was warmed to 60 °C and stirred for 6 h before another 1.5 equivalents of HATU was added and stirring was continued for another 2 hours to ensure complete consumption of the acid. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 1 N HCl (x 2). The organic phase was dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography to afford 0.043 g (54 %) of the protected amide derivative as a yellow oil.
(E)-3-(4-{[1 -(5-Amino-1 ,3-dioxinan-5-yl)-methanoyl]-amino}-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester:
Deprotection of the SEM carbamate from above was carried out with TFA-DCM in the usual manner.
EXAMPLE 20
General procedure for coupling , -disubstituted amino acids to aromatic amines:
Ethyl (E)-3-[4-(2-amino-2-methyl-propanoylamino)-phenyl]-acrylate: H2N
H2N V a v COOEt ^COOH ~ *" NH,+^COCI
PCI5 3 pyridine
Figure imgf000133_0001
Adapting the procedure described by E. S. Uffelman et al. (Org. Lett. 1999, 1, 1157), 2-aminoisobutyric acid was converted to the corresponding amino acid chloride hydrochloride: 2-oxazolidinone (12.30 g, 0.141 mole) was dissolved in MeCN (150 mL) and phosphorous pentachloride (49.02 g, 0.235 mole, 1.7 equivalent) was added in one portion. The homogeneous mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. 2-Aminoisobutyric acid (14.55 g, 0.141 mole) was added and the suspension was stirred for 48 h at room temperature. The desired acid chloride hydrochloride was collected by filtration, washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum. Other , -disubstituted amino acid chloride hydrochlorides can be prepared in an analogous fashion starting from the corresponding amino acid (e.g. 1- aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid, 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid, 1- aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid and the like). The acid chloride (12.778 g, 80 mmol, 1.4 equivalent) was suspended in DCM (200 mL) and ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (11.045 g, 57.7 mmol, 1 equivalent) was added. Pyridine (7.01 mL, 86.6 mmol, 1.5 equivalent) was added drop wise and the mixture was stirred for 3.5 h at room temperature. The reaction was then poured into a mixture of 1N NaOH (25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over MgSO4. Removal of solvent under reduced pressure gavej the title compound as a white solid (15.96 g, 101% yield).
EXAMPLE 21
Ethyl (E)-3-(4-{[1-(1-amino-cyclobutyl)-methanoyl]-amino}-phenyl)-acrylate: EtOO
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0002
Diethyl 1 ,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate (20.00 g, 100 mmol) and KOH (6.60 g, 100 mmol) were refluxed in EtOH (100 mL) for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between Et2O and 4N HCl. The organic extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over MgSO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure gave the monoester as a clear oil (14.45 g, 84% yield).
The monoester from above (14.45 g, 84 mmol), Et^N (14.1 mL, 100 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA) (24.05 g, 87.4 mmol) were dissolved in dry toluene (114 mL) and the mixture heated at 80 °C for 1 h and 110 °C for an additional hour. Trimethylsilylethanol (9.94 g, 100 mmol) was added in one portion and the mixture refluxed for 48 h. Toluene was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in DCM. The solution was washed with water and brine and dried over MgSO4. Concentration under reduced pressure gave a dark oil which was purified by passage through a pad of silica gel using 30% EtOAc in hexane as eluent. The desired carbamate was obtained as a clear yellow liquid (21.0 g). The carbamate from above (1.50 g, 5.22 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and 2N NaOH (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h. Following dilution with water, the aqueous phase was washed with Et2O to remove unreacted starting material. The aqueous phase was then acidified with KHSO and the product extracted with EtOAc. The desired free carboxylic acid was obtained as an oil (1.25 g).
The acid from above (0.519 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (10 mL). DIEA (1.39 mL, 8.0 mmol, 4 equivalents) was added, followed by ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (0.573 g, 3.0 mmol, 1.5 equivalent) and HATU (1.143 g, 3.0 mmol, 1.5 equivalents). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction was poured into TBME (100 mL) and the solution washed successively with 10% aqueous citric acid (2 x 25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (25 mL), and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue stirred with TFA (10 mL) for 30 min. Volatiles were then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was co-evaporated twice with hexane. The crude product was dissolved in TBME (60 mL) and the solution washed with 1 N NaOH (2 x 25 mL). After drying (Na2SO4), volatiles were removed in vacuum to give the title compound as a beige solid (0.500 g).
EXAMPLE 22
Methyl (Z)-3-[2-(1-amino-cyclopentyl)-1H-benzoimidazol-5-yl]-acrylate:
1) HATU / DIPEA
Figure imgf000135_0001
Diazomethane was slowly added to a solution of 4-chloro-3-nitrocinnamic acid in CH3OH/CH2CI2 until the yellow color persisted, indicating the presence of excess diazomethane. The solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in DMSO. The solution was heated to 140 °C and ammonia gas was bubbled through for a period of 4 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and degassed with N2, and poured onto ice. The precipitate formed was filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum for 16 hours to give the crude 4-amino-3-nitrocinnamic ester as a yellow solid (2.05 g). The solid was dissolved in ethanol (40 mL), SnCI2.dihydrate (9.91 g, 43.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The solution was concentrated to remove most of the ethanol, diluted with EtOAc and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 was added slowly. The mixture was stirred for 20 min, the organic layer was extracted with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (using 50% to 70% EtOAc in hexane) to give the diamino intermediate as a yellow solid (1.03 g). A portion of the 3,4-diaminocinnamate ester (186 mg, 0.970 mmol) and N-Boc-1- aminocyclopentane-1 -carboxylic acid (222 mg, 0.970 mmol) were coupled in the presence of HATU / DIEA (in the usual way) and the amide product formed was dehydrated by heating at 65 °C in a solution of acetic acid (4 mL). The reaction residue was purified by reversed HPLC to give the N-Boc protected (Z)-3-[2-(1- amino-cyclopentyl)-1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl]-acrylic acid ethyl ester.
The Boc protecting group was removed with 4N ΗCI in dioxane in the usual way to give (Z)-3-[2-(1-amino-cyclopentyl)-1H-benzoimidazol-5-yl]-acrylic acid ethyl ester as yellow foam (200 mg).
EXAMPLE 23 tert-Butyl (S)-3-amino-3-[4-((E)-2-ethoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-phenylcarbamoyl]-
Figure imgf000136_0001
N-Fmoc-(3-N-Boc)-(S)-cucurbitine (0.495 g, 1.09 mmol), ethyl 4-aminocinnamate (0.300 g, 1.57 mmol), ΗOAt (0.224, 1.65 mmol) and ΗATU (0.626 g, 1.65 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (7 mL). To this mixture, 2,4,6-collidine (0.435 mL, 3.30 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution washed successively with 10% aqueous citric acid (2 x 25 mL), saturated aqueous NaΗCO3 (25 mL) and brine (25 mL), and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2, DBU (0.658 mL, 4.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours.
The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution washed successively with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2 x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (40% to 70% EtOAc in hexane) to give the product shown above as a white solid (0.234 mg).
EXAMPLE 24 Ethyl (E)-3-(4-{[1-(3-amino-piperidin-3-yl)-methanoyl]-amino}-phenyl)-acrylate:
Figure imgf000136_0002
Commercially available N-Fmoc-amino-(3-N-Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid was coupled to the ethyl ester of 4-aminocinnamic acid using HATU / HOAT / collidine in DMF and the Fmoc protecting group was. removed with piperidine to give the title compound of example 24 in racemic form.
Racemic N-Fmoc-amino-(3-N-Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid, could also be resolved into its two enantiomers by preparative HPLC on a chiral support (Chiralcel OD, 10 micron, 2.00 cm I.D. x 25 cm), using 35% H2O in MeCN as the eluent. Enantiomeric amines could then be coupled to indole carboxylic acids to prepare enantiomerically pure inhibitors.
EXAMPLE 25 Ethyl 4-(4-amino-phenyl)-thiazole-2-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000137_0001
t
4'-Nitro-2-bromoacetophenone (6.100 g, 25 mmol) and ethyl thioxamate (3.460 g, 26 mmol) were dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and the solution was refluxed for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with cold MeOH and dried under vacuum (5.15 g, 75% yield).
A suspension of the nitroester from above (2.50 g, 8.98 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)2 on carbon (200 mg) in 2:1 EtOH - THF (60 mL) was stirred for 3 h under 1 atm of hydrogen gas. The suspension was filtered to remove the catalyst and volatiles removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound of example 25 as a reddish foam (2.05 g, 92% yield).
EXAMPLE 26 4-(4-Ethoxycarbonyl-thiazol-2-yl)-phenyl-ammonium chloride:
Figure imgf000137_0002
para-Bromoaniline (13.0 g, 76 mmol) and Boc2O (19.8 g, 91 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (380 mL) and stirred at 70 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, evaporated to dryness, re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 0.1 M HCl and brine. The organic solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography, using 5% to 10% EtOAc in hexane as the eluent, to obtain the Boc-protected aniline (23 g). The Boc-protected bromoaniline (10.7 g, 39.2 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (75 mL) in a flask equipped with an overhead stirrer. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and MeLi (1.2 M in Et2O, 33 m'L, 39.2 mmol) was added drop wise while maintaining the internal temperature below 7 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and then cooled to -78 °C before n-BuLi (2.4 M in hexane, 17 mL, 39.2 mmol) was added drop wise, maintaining the internal temperature below -70 °C). The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 h, B(OEt)3 (17 mL, 98 mmol) was added drop wise (internal temperature < -65 °C) and stirring was continued for 45 min at -78 °C and at 0 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then treated with 5% aqueous HCl (-100 mL, to pH ~1) for 15 min and NaCI(s) was added to saturate the aqueous layer. The aqueous layer was extracted with 0.5 M NaOH (4 x 100 mL) and the combined aqueous layers were acidified with 5% HCl (150 mL, to pH ~1 ) and extracted with Et2O (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give the N-Boc carbamate of 4-aminophenylboronic acid as a solid (7.5 g).
Thiourea (7.60 g, 100 mmol) and ethyl bromopyruvate (12.6 mL, 100 mmol) were mixed and heated to 100 °C for 45 min. After cooling of the reaction mixture, the solid obtained was triturated with acetone, filtered and recrystallized from EtOH to obtain the desired aminothiazole product (10.6 g, 40 mmol). The aminothiazole was then added slowly (over a period of 20 min) to a solution of t-butylnitrite (6.2 g, 60 mmol) and CuBr2 (10.7 g, 48 mmol) in MeCN (160 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT and to stirred for 2.5 h. The mixture was then added to an aqueous HCl solution (20%) and extracted with Et2O (2 x 400 mL). The organic layer was washed with aqueous HCl (10%), dried over anhydrous MgSO and evaporated to dryness. The desired bromothiazole product was isolated in -85% yield (4.3 g) after flash column chromatography using 15% EtOAc in hexane as the eluent. To a de-gassed solution of the bromothiazole product (230 mg, 0.97 mmol), the boronic acid derivative from above (230 mg, 0.97 mmol) and aqueous Na2CO3 (2M, 3 mL) in DME (3mL), a catalytic amount of Pd(PPh3) (56 mg, 0.049 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C under argon for 20 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc and extracted with brine, aqueous NaHCO3 (2 x) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to dryness. The carbamate-ester product was isolated after flash column chromatography using 20% to 30% EtOAc in hexane: 180 mg. The aniline hydrochloride of example 26 was isolated after removal of the Boc protecting group with 4N HCl in dioxane for 30 min.
EXAMPLE 27
Ethyl 5-amino-1-methyl-1 H-indole-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000139_0001
The ethyl ester of 5-nitroindole-2-carboxylic acid (0.300 g, 1.28 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (6 mL) and NaH (0.078 g, 60%, 1.92 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 20 min, then Mel (160 μL, 2.56 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with the addition of aqueous NaHCO3 (-1%) while stirring vigorously. The brown solid formed (0.096 g) was filtered and dried in air overnight. The N-methyl nitro derivative (196 mg, 0.79 mmol) was then dissolved in DMF (4 mL), H2O (400 μL) and SnCI22H2O (888 mg, 3.95 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. The mixture was then partitioned between 10% aqueous NaHCO3 and EtOAc and stirred vigorously. The aqueous layer was re- extracted with EtOAc and the combined EtOAc layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, using 1 :1 ration EtOAc/hexane as the eluent, to obtain the pure 5-aminoindole derivative (118 mg) of example 27.
EXAMPLE 28 Ethyl 5-{[1-(4-amino-1 -ethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-methanoyl]-amino}-1-methyl-1H- indole-2-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000140_0001
4) DBU
The 5-aminoindole derivative of example 27 was coupled to N-Fmoc-amino-(4-N- Boc-piperidinyl)carboxylic acid. The Boc protecting group was removed with 25% TFA in CH2CI2 in the usual way, and the product was then dissolved in EtOH (6 mL). AcOH (133 mg), acetaldehyde (33 mg, 0.74 mmol) and NaCNBH3 (23mg, 0.37 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove most of the solvent, the residue was re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to give the N-ethyl derivative as an orange solid.
This solid was dissolved in THF (2.5 mL), DBU (113 mg, 0.74 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The solvent was evaporated, the remaining residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was further extracted with 1 N HCl and H2O (2 x), and the pH of the combined aqueous layers was adjusted to pH -10 with 1 N NaOH. The aqueous layer was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgS04 and concentrated to dryness to give the title amine derivative of example 28 (44 mg): MS (ES+) m/z 373.1 (MH+). - A similar reductive amination procedure was used to prepare other N-alkylated pyrrolidine (e.g. cucurbitine) and piperidine derivatives. Alternatively, the reductive amination can be performed as the last step on a fully assembled inhibitor.
EXAMPLE 29 General procedure for coupling amines to 6-indole carboxylic acids to give amide derivatives of general formulae I:
Indole carboxylic acids were coupled to various amines (for example according to the examples 15a, 15b, 15c, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 34, 35, 36, 42, 43, or 45) using standard amide bond forming procedures familiar to those skilled in the art. Amide bond forming reagents include but are not limited to carbodiimides (DCC, EDC), TBTU, HBTU, HATU and BOP-CI in the presence or absence of additives such as HOBt or HOAT. Indole carboxylic acids can also be activated for coupling by conversion to the corresponding acid chloride, symmetrical anhydride or unsymmetrical anhydrides using standard protocols familiar to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry. The coupling of indole carboxylic acids with amines is generally carried out in solvents such as THF, DCM, DMF, DMSO or MeCN, in the presence of a tertiary organic base including, but not limited to triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, collidine and dusopropylethylamine. Following coupling of the indole carboxylic acid with the amine, any remaining protecting group that remains in the molecule can then be removed using the appropriate procedure. The following example serves to illustrate such a process and is non-limiting. (E)-3-[4-({1 -[1 -({1 -[3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1 -(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)- 1H-indole-6-yl]-methanoyl}-amino)-cyclobutyl]-methanoyl}-amino)-phenyl]- acrylic acid;
Figure imgf000141_0001
The indole carboxylic acid of example 9 (0.030 g, 0.069 mmol, 1 equiv.), the amine of example 21 (0.044 g, 0.153 mmol, 2.2 equiv.) and TBTU (0.076 g, 0.24 mmol, 3.4 equiv.) were dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) and triethylamine (84 μL, 0.6 mmol, 8.7 equiv.) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature (complete by HPLC). 3N NaOH (0.7 mL) was added and the mixture stirred at 50 °C for 40 min (complete hydrolysis by HPLC). Acetic acid was added to neutralize the reaction mixture and the product-was isolated directly by preparative HPLC as a beige amorphous solid (19 mg).
EXAMPLE 30
General procedure for the preparation of indole 6-acylsulfonamide derivatives:
Indole carboxylic acids were converted to the corresponding acid chloride and coupled to various sulfonamides in the presence of DMAP and an organic base such as triethylamine, DIEA, /V-methylmorpholine and the like. Alternatively, the carboxylic acid was activated using amide bond forming agents such as carbodiimides (DCC, EDC), TBTU, HATU and the like and treated with sulfonamides in the presence of DMAP. Sulfonamides were either from commercial sources or prepared from the corresponding sulfonyl chlorides and a solution of ammonia in dioxane.
Figure imgf000142_0001
The following example serves to illustrate such as process and is non-limiting. 4-Bromo-N-{1-[3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H- indole-6-yl]-methanoyl}-benzenesulfonamide:
Figure imgf000142_0002
3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6-carbonyl chloride:
The carboxylic acid of example 9 (0.800 g, 1.833 mmol, 1 equiv.) was suspended in DCM (15 mL) and DMF (20 μL) was added followed by oxalyl chloride (323 μL, 3.7 mmol, 2 equiv.). After stirring for 2 h at room temperature, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue co-evaporated twice with DCM. After drying, under vacuum for 1.5 h, the acid chloride was obtained as a brown solid that was used directly in the next step.
4-Bromo-N-{1-[3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H- indole-6-yl]-methanoyl}-benzenesulfonamide:
The acid chloride from above (0.032 g, 0.07 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and 4-bromobenzenesulfonylamide (0.0205 g, 0.085 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added. Triethylamine (21 μL, 0.15 mmol, 2.16 equiv.) and DMAP (0.018 g, 0.147 mmol, 2.1 equiv.) were added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature (complete by HPLC). DCM was then evaporated in air and the residue re-dissolved in DMSO (2 mL). The title compound of example 30 was isolated directly by preparative HPLC as a light yellow powder (27 mg).
EXAMPLE 31
N-{1-[3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1 H-indole-6-yl]- methanoyl}-N-methyl-benzenesulfonamide:
Figure imgf000143_0001
The Λ/-methylacylsulfonamide of example 31 was prepared from the acid chloride described in example 30 and Λ/-methylbenzenesulfonamide using the procedure of example 30.
EXAMPLE 32 3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid acetyl-amide:
Figure imgf000143_0002
Acetamide (9 mg, 0.152 mmol, 1.38 equiv.) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and NaH (60 % oil dispersion, 8 mg, 0.2 mmol, 1.81 equiv.) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and the acid chloride of example 30 (0.050 g, 0.11 mmol, 1 equiv.) in THF (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 2 h at room temperature (complete by TLC). The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and the solution washed with 10 % aqueous HCl and dried (Na2S04). After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using EtOAc as eluent. The title compound of example 32 was obtained as a white solid (24 mg). EXAMPLE 33
Methyl 2-bromo-3-cyclohexyl-1 H-indole-5-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000144_0001
Using the same series of reactions described in example 2 but starting from indole 5- carboxylic acid, the title compound of example 33 was obtained. This compound is a starting material for the synthesis of compounds according to the general formula I.4, whereby the methods as described hereinbefore, e.g. 4 to 8 and/or in combination with 9 to 32, can be employed in an analogous manner.
EXAMPLE 34
2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-3-methyl-benzofuran-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000144_0002
Methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate (20.00 g, 131 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (350 mL) and K2CO3 (24.19 g, 175 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and crotyl bromide (85%, 16.47 mL, 160 mmol) was added dropwise over 4 min. The resulting amber suspension was stirred for 4 h at room temperature. It was then poured into DCM and the solution washed with water and brine. The extract was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to a pale yellow oil consisting of a mixture of two isomeric allyl ether (4:1 ratio). Upon standing at room temperature, the oil partially crystallized. The supernatant was decanted and the crystals washed with hexane to provide 12.5 g of the desired ether as white crystals.
The above material (10.30 g, 50mmol) was added to a flask heated to 230 °C in a sand bath and the melted oil was stirred for 25 min at that temperature. The material was then brought back to room temperature and the resulting waxy solid used without purification in the next step.
The rearranged phenol from above (10.00 g, 48.5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH and the solution cooled to -78 °C in a dry ice - acetone bath. Ozone was bubbled through the solution until complete disappearance of starting material (TLC). Dimethyl sulfide (7 mL) was then added dropwise at -78 °C and the mixture stirred for 10 min at -78 °C and at room temperature for 30 min. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in ether and the solution washed with water (2 X) and brine. After drying (MgSO ) and removal of volatiles, the crude product which consists of a mixture of aldehyde and lactol was obtained as a milky oil (9.9 g). The crude product from above (9.9 g, 48 mmol) was suspended in 85% phosphoric acid (40 mL) and heated to 50 °C for 50 min after which a white solid precipitated. Water (50 mL) was added and the solid collected by filtration. The material was then dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and water. The solution was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to yield a residue that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 10% EtOAc - hexanes as eluent. The desired benzofuran derivative was obtained (2.39 g).
The benzofuran derivative from above (2.20 g, 11.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (65 mL) and the solution cooled to -78 °C. A solution of lithium diisopropylamide (LDA, 2M in heptahe/THF/ethylbenzene, 6.9 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. After stirring for 35 min, cyclobutanone (1.793 mL, 24 mmol) was added dropwise and stirring continued at -78 °C for 15 min. The reaction mixture was then warmed to room temperature and quenched with 1 N HCl. The product was extracted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine and dried (Na2SO4). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using 25% EtOAc in hexanes gave the desired cyclobutyl carbinol (1.39 g) as a clear gum.
The alcohol from above (1.38 g, 5.3 mmol) and sodium azide (1.105 g, 17 mmol) were suspended in CHCI3 (30 mL) and the mixture cooled in ice. TFA (1.695 mL, 22 mmol) was added dropwise over 10 min, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with CHCI3, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and dried (MgSO4). Removal of solvents under reduced pressure gave a amber oil that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% EtOAc in hexane as eluent. The desired azide was obtained as a clear oil (882 mg).
The azide from above (880 mg) was hydrogenated (1 atm H2) in MeOH over 5% Lindlar catalyst (374 mg). After 15 min, the reduction was judged complete by TLC. Removal of the catalyst by filtration and solvent under reduced pressure gave the desired amine derivative of example 34 (785 mg) as a colorless oil: ES-MS: m/z 243 (M-NHz).
EXAMPLE 35
3-[2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-6-yl]-acrylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000146_0001
COOEt
Figure imgf000146_0002
COOEt
Figure imgf000146_0003
Indole 6-carboxylic acid (10.00 g, 62 mmol) was esterified by refluxing overnight in a mixture of MeOH (200 mL) and cone. H2SO4 (1 mL). After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into sat. aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with aqueous NaHC03 twice and water. Drying (MgS0 ) and removal of volatiles gave the desired methyl ester as a brown oil (10.4 g). The ester from above (10.40 g, 62 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (80 mL) and the solution cooled in ice. Sodium Hydride (60% oil dispersion, 2.852 g, 71.3 mmol) was added in small portions and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. The reaction mixture was brought back to 0 °C and para-toluenesulfonyl chloride (14.49 g, 76 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, washed consecutively with 10% citric acid (2 X), NaHC03 (2 X) and brine. After drying (MgS04), removal of solvent gave a beige residue that was triturated twice with ether - hexanes (7.7 g). Concentration of mother liquors and trituration of the residue with MeOH gave an additional 5.8 g of the desired tosylated indole.
The material from above (1.750 g, 5.31 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (40 mL) and the solution cooled to -78 °C. Diisobutylaluminum hydride (1 M in DCM, 12.72 mL, 12.72 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred for 30 min at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to room temperature, quenched with aqueous potassium sodium tartrate and stirred overnight at room temperature. The organic phase was decanted, washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Removal of volatiles and purification by flash chromatography on silica gel gave the desired alcohol as a colorless oil (1.35 g). The alcohol from above (1.250 g, 4.15 mmol) was dissolved in THF (150 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C. Lithium diisopropylamide (2M in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene, 10.37 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min. After stirring for an additional 30 min at -78 °C, cyclobutanone (1.55 mL, 20.7 mmol) was added and the reaction mixturp allowed to warm up to 0 °C. The reaction was quenched with 10% citric acid and THF removed under reduced pressure. Water was added and the product was extracted with EtOAc, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, and dried (MgSO4). The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 30-50% EtOAc in hexanes as eluent. The desired cyclobutyl carbinol was obtained as an oil (0.94 g). The alcohol from above (0.870 g, 2.34 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and 1 ,1 ,1-tris(acetyloxy-1 ,1-dihydro-1 ,2-benzodioxol-3-(1 H)-one (Dess-Martin periodinane) (1.060 g, 2.50mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, quenched with aqueous NaHCO3 an d extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give the desired aldehyde as an oil that was used directly in the next step.
The crude aldehyde (assume 2.34 mmol) from above was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and (carbethoxymethylene)triphenylphosphorane (0.871 g, 2.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 4 h, concentrated and the product isolated by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20-30% EtOAc in hexanes as eluent. The desired cinnamate was obtained as a foam (0.400 g).
The cinnamate derivative from above (0.400 g, 0.9 mmol) was dissolved in CHCI3 (15 mL) and sodium azide (138 mg, 2.1 mmol) was added. TFA (0.39 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min and the mixture was then stirred at 60 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CHCI3, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and dried (MgSO ). The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20% EtOAc in hexane as eluent, to give the desired azide as a yellow foam (0.207
•g).
The azide from above (0.183 g) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) containing 1 % water and triphenylphosphine (180 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 20 h and the final product of example 35 isolated by preparative reversed-phase HPLC (42 mg).
This amine was coupled in the usual manner to indole carboxylic acid derivative to give final inhibitors after cleavage of the N-tosyl and ester protecting groups with NaOH. Final products obtained as above were also methylated on the indole nitrogen by treating the fully deprotected molecules with NaH and iodomethane, followed by saponification of the methyl ester which was formed concomitantly.
EXAMPLE 36 3-(4-Amino-2-ethoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl-ester
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000148_0002
2-Ethoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (1.56 g; 7.38 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (15 mL) and the resulting solution stirred at 0°C. A solution of diazomethane in ethyl ether was slowly added until the yellow color persisted and was stirred for a further 20 min. The solvents were evaporated to afford the methyl ester as a pale yellow solid (1.66 g, quant.) which was used without further purification.
The ester from above (1.60 g; 7.10 mmol) was dissolved in dry toluene and the solution cooled to -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of diisobutylaluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (1 M; 8 mL; 8 mmol) was added and the reaction allowed to warm to ambient temperature. Two additional portions of DIBAL-H were added in this way (7 and 10 mL) after 1 h and a further 1.5 h. 0.5 h after the last addition, the reaction was cooled to 0°C and 1N HCl (25 L) was slowly added and the mixture stirred vigorously for 0.5 h. The organic solvents were then evaporated and the aqueous residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The combined extracts were then dried over MgS04 and evaporated to afford the alcohol as a pale yellow, fibrous solid (1.40 g; quant.) which was used as such.
A turbid solution of 1 ,1 ,1-tris(acetyloxy-1 ,1-dihydro-1 ,2-benzodioxol-3-(1 H)-one (Dess-Martin periodinane) (2.32 g; 5.47 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL + 5 mL rinse) was added to a stirred solution of the above alcohol (0.98 g; 4.97 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) and the reaction stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 4 h, saturated NaHC03 / 10 % Na2S2O3 (1 :1 , 160 mL) was added and the mixture stirred vigorously until the phases were clear (ca. 0.5 h). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were then dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield the aldehyde as a pale yellow solid (960 mg; 99 %) which was used as such. Sodium hydride (95% dry powder; 158 mg; 6.25 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous THF (10 mL) and trimethyl phosphonoacetate (0.945 mL; 5.84 mmol) added dropwise at 0°C under a nitrogen atmosphere resulting in a solid white mass which could not be stirred. A solution of the aldehyde from above (950 mg; 4.87 mmol) in THF (7 mL + 3 mL rinse) was then added dropwise resulting in a yellow colour and slow dissolution of the white solid mass. After the addition, the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 15 h, the cloudy reaction mixture was evaporated to a pale yellow solid which was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (3 x 75 mL). The combined extracts were dried over MgSO and evaporated to afford the cinnamate ester as pale yellow solid (1.212 g; 99 %) which was used without further purification. The nitro cinnamate from above (0,300 g, 1.2 mmol) was suspended in EtOH (12 mL) and water (7.5 mL) and K2CO3 (0.990 g, 7.16 mmol) and 85% sodium hydrosulfite (1.247 g. 7.16 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 1.5 h. It was then diluted with water (10 mL) and the ethanol removed under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x), washed with water and brine and dried (MgSO4). Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure gave the desired aniline as a yellow solid. Note: the analogous methoxy derivative was prepared in the same manner using commercially available 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid as starting material. EXAMPLE 37
3-(4,5-Diamino-2-alkoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl esters
Figure imgf000150_0001
The procedures will be illustrated for R = Et but similar protocols can be used to prepare derivatives with other alkoxy substituents.
The ortho-ethoxy-para-nitro cinnamate derivative prepared as described in example 36 (600 mg; 2.39 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid (5.5 mL) at 0°C and potassium nitrate (253 mg; 2.50 mmol) added in portions over 3 min. After 5 min, the resulting yellow-brown solution was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 3 h, the reaction was added to ice (75 g) resulting in a pale yellow precipitate. Once the ice had melted, the suspension was sonicated, filtered and washed several times with distilled water. Air drying overnight afforded the dinitrocinnamate as a pale yellow, chalky solid (661 mg; 93 %) which was used without further purification. The dinitrocinnamate (657 mg; 2.22 mmol) was dissolved/suspended in ethanol / water (1 :1 ; 40 mL) resulting in a yellow suspension which was stirred vigorously at ambient temperature. Potassium carbonate (3.06 g; 22.2 mmol) and sodium hydrosulfite (3.86 g; 22.2 mmol) were successively added resulting immediately in a dark violet/green colour which quickly began to lighten to a pale orange. After 3 h, the reaction was diluted with water (20 mL) and the ethanol evaporated. The aqueous residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and washed with saturated NaHC03 (2 x 60 mL) and brine (30 mL). The combined extracts were dried over Na2S04 and evaporated to afford the dianiliηe as a dark orange syrup which solidified under high vacuum (377 mg; 72 %). Such dianiline derivatives as described in this example could be converted to benzimidazole derivatives by coupling to amino acid derivatives as described in example 22 to prepare inhibitors.
EXAMPLE 38 3-(4-Amino-2-alkyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl esters and 3-(4,5-diamino-2- alkyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl esters
Figure imgf000151_0001
As one skilled in the art would recognize, analogs of derivatives presented in examples 36 and 37 where the alkoxy group has been replaced by an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl substitutent (e.g. R = Me, Et, Pr, vinyl, allyl) can be prepared by converting such an alkoxy derivative (e.g. methoxy) to the corresponding phenol by cleaving the ether linkage with reagents such as BBr3 and then converting the phenol substituent to the corresponding triflate. Such triflates can then be used as substrates in a variety of transition metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions with organometallic reagents that would allow replacement of the triflate functionality by an alkyl substituent. Such reagents might include tetraalkyltin, tetraalkenyltin, alkylboronic acid and alkenylboronic acid derivatives that would undergo cross-coupling under Pd° catalysis. In some cases (e.g. allyl or vinyl), the substituent can be further elaborated (e.g. the double bond can be converted to a cyclopropane ring using a cyclopropanating reagent known to people skilled in the art) Once the alkyl group has been introduced, the intermediates can then be elaborated to inhibitors following synthetic sequences described in previous examples.
EXAMPLE 39
1-Carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-7-methyl-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000152_0001
Step 1: 3-amino-4-methylbenzoic acid (15.00 g, 0.099 mol) was suspended in MeOH (150 mL) and thionyl chloride (25.33 mL, 0.347 mol, 3.5 equiv.) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated overnight at 70 °C. After cooling to RT, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue triturated with ether (150 mL). The solid was filtered off and dried (18.36 g). The solid was suspended in DCM (600 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC03 (250 mL) was added. After stirring for 15 minutes, the organic layer was separated and washed successively with NaHC03 solution (2 x 250 mL), water (250 mL) and brine (250 mL). The solution was dried (Na2S04), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give the desired aniline (14.8 g, 90% yield).
Steps 2 and 3: the ester from above (12.50 g, 75.6 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (190 mL) and methylthioaldehyde dimethyl acetal (10.1 mL, 75.6 mmol) was added. The solution was cooled to -30 °C. N-chlorosuccinimide (10.10 g, 75.6 mmol) was added in 6 portions over 30 minutes. Triethylamine (10.6 mL, 75.6 mmol) was then added dropwise over 10 min and after stirring for an additional 15 min, the cooling bath was removed and the temperature brought to reflux. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in ether (750 L) and 2M HCl (303 mL) was added. After stirring at RT for 1.5 h, the ether layer was separated and washed with NaHC03 solution (2 x 150 mL) and brine (250 mL). The original acidic aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL) and the extracts washed as above and then combined with the first ether phase. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04) and evaporated to dryness and the material purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 30-0% hexane in DCM as eluent to give the desired 3-thiomethylindole derivative (9.37 g). Step 4: the thiomethyl indole from above (8.37 g, 35.4 mmol) was dissolved in absolute EtOH (220 mL) and Raney-nickel (Ra-Ni) (25 g) was added. After stirring at RT for 3 h, another portion of Ra-Ni (15 g) was added and stirring resumed for an additional 45 min. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to give the desired indole (6.26 g, 93%).
Steps 5: the indole ester from above (4.00 g, 21 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH (18 mL) and water (18 mL). KOH (11.86 g, 210 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 75 °C for 2 h. Cyclohexanone (7.26 g, 74 mmol, 3 equiv.) was added dropwise over 15 min and stirring at 75 °C was continued overnight. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and water (500 mL) was added to the residue. Insoluble material was removed by filtration and the aqueous phase was then washed with TBME (200 mL). The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 4 with formic acid to produce a white precipitate that was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried. The desired cyclohexenylindole was obtained (4.77 g, 89%). Steps 6-8: as described in example 2. Steps 9-11 : as described in examples 4 and 6..
EXAMPLE 40
1-Carboxymethyl-3-cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-5-methoxy-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000153_0001
Step 1 : 4-methylsalicylic acid (100 g, 0.66 mol) was dissolved in acetone (1 L) and K2C03 (227 g, 1.64 mol, 2.5 equiv.) was added in portions. The mixture was heated to reflux and dimethylsulfate (155 mL, 1.64 mol, 2.5 equiv.) was added dropwise over 1 h. The mixture was refluxed overnight. Additional K2CO3 (90 g) and dimethylsulfate (60 mL) were added and the mixture refluxed for an additional 20 h. K2C03 (20 g) and dimethylsulfate (15 mL) were again added and after refluxing for 7 h, the reaction was judged complete by TLC. Solids were removed by filtration using acetone for washings and the filtrate concentrated to a volume of 200 mL. The solution was diluted with MeOH (1 L) and stirred with ammonium hydroxide (300 mL) for 30 min. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and the residue extracted with EtOAc (2 x 400 mL). The extract was washed with brine (500 mL) and dried (Na2S04). Removal of volatiles gave the desired product as a yellow oil (119 g). Step 2: the ester from above (117 g, 0.649 mol) was charged in a flask cooled in ice. The ester was dissolved in cone. H S04 (600 mL) and the solution cooled to -3 °C. Cone. HN03 (51 mL) was added dropwise over 1.5 h keeping the internal temperature around 0 °C. The ice bath was removed and the mixture stirred at RT for 3.5 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice and allowed to stand overnight. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried. The material was purified by trituration from hot methanol and flash chromatography on silica gel to separate the desired product from a dinitro side product. Step 3: The nitro ester from above (75.7 g, 0.336 mol) was dissolved in DMF (322 mL) and DMF dimethylacetal (120.1 g, 1.01 mol) was added dropwise over 10 min. The mixture was heated to 115 °C for 3h (complete by TLC). The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and volatiles removed under vacuum. The residue was co- evaporated twice with DCM and triturated with ether to give a total of 90.02 g (95% yield) of the desired enamine derivative.
Step 4: The enamine from step 3 (90.02 g, 0.321 mol) was dissolved in 1 :1 THF- MeOH (1.48 L) and the mixture heated to 35 °C in a water bath. Raney nickel (washed with THF, 6.3 g) was added followed by dropwise addition of hydrazine (18.5 g, 0.369 mol) over 15 min. After stirring for 1 h (internal temperature: 49 °C), a second portion of hydrazine (18.5 g) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred overnight at 49 °C. Evaporated solvent was replenished and Raney-nickel (6.3 g) and hydrazine (18.5 g) were again added followed by another portion of hydrazine (18.5 g) after stirring for an additional 3 h. After stirring at 54 °C overnight, the reaction was completed by addition of a last portion of Raney-nickel (6.3 g) and hydrazine (36 mL) and stirring 20 h. The reaction mixture was then brought back to RT and filtered using DCM for washings. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 2-30% EtOAc in DCM as eluent. The desired indole was obtained (41.1 g). The indole from step 4 was elaborated to the title compound of example 40 using procedures similar to those described in the previous example.
EXAMPLE 41
3-Cyclohexyl-2-furan-3-yl-5-hydroxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1- yl)-ethyl]-1 H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000155_0001
This is a representative procedure that can be applied to analogs with other amide substituents: the methoxyindole (30 mg) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and the solution was cooled in ice under a nitrogen atmosphere. Boron tribromide (1M in DCM, 0.3 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 40 min at 0 °C and then 30 min at RT. The reaction was then quenched by addition of ice, diluted with DCM and neutralized by addition of solid NaHC03. The organic phase was separated and dried (MgS04). Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure gave the desired phenol derivative as a yellow solid (21 mg) that was saponified to give the title compound of example 41 under standard conditions. Alternatively, the intermediate phenolic ester can be alkylated under standard conditions (e.g. NaH in DMF) to produce various ether derivatives (e.g. with tert-butyl bromoacetate)
EXAMPLE 42
1-(2-Methyl-thiazol-4-yl)-cyclobutylamine hydrochloride
Figure imgf000156_0001
Step 1 : The starting protected amino acid was obtained using a similar procedure to that described in example 21 but using benzyl alcohol instead of trimethylsilyl ethanol in the curtius rearrangement. The acid (7.48 g, 30mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and the solution cooled to -8 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. N- Methylmorpholine (3.63 mL, 33 mmol) was added dropwise followed by isobutylchloroformate (3.89 mL, 30 mmol). The suspension was stirred for 10 min and filtered under nitrogen, keeping the filtrate at -8 °C. The solution was then added to an excess ethereal diazomethane solution and the mixture stirred for 30 min (TLC shows complete conversion to the diazomethylketone). 48% HBr in water (3.50 mL, 31 mmol) was then added dropwise over 5 min to the cold solution. A second portion of HBr (3.5 mL) was added after 5 min, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture stirred at RT overnight. Ether (250 mL) was added and the solution washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated NaHC03 (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). After drying (MgS04), volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue triturated with 1 :4 ether / hexanes. The white solid was filtered, washed with hexane and dried in vacuum. The desired bromomethylketone (7.35 g, 75% yield) was obtained as a white solid. Step 2: The bromomethylketone from above (228 mg, 0.7 mmol) and thioacetamide (56.3 mg, 0.75 mmol) were heated to reflux in isoprόpanol (5 mL). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the oily residue triturated with water to give a white precipitate that was collected, washed with water and dried in vacuum (185 mg, 87% yield). Step 3: 10% Pd on charcoal (70 mg) was suspended in EtOH (5 mL) and the protected thiazole derivative from above (180 mg) was added. Hydrochloric acid was added to acidify the reaction mixture which was then stirred under 1 atm of H2 gas for 20 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the desired amine hydrochloride as a white solid (104 mg) after trituration with ether. The amine hydrochloride was coupled to indole derivatives under standard conditions.
Note: Analogous thiazole derivatives can be prepared in a similar way by using differently substituted thioamide, thiourea or acylthiourea derivatives. In addition, other protected amino acids can be used as starting materials in this sequence and converted to their respective bromo or chloromethylketones to be used in turn to prepare various substituted thiazole derivatives.
EXAMPLE 43 (Z)-3-[2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-6-ethoxy-1-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl]-acrylic acid methyl ester COOMe
Figure imgf000157_0001
The 4-nitro-2-ethoxycinnamate (303 mg, 1.206 mmol), prepared as described in example 36 was dissolved in concentrated sulfuric acid ( 3 mL) and the solution cooled to 0 °C. Potassium nitrate (128 mg, 1.27 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 3.5 h at room temperature. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured over ice and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The crude product was washed with water, dried under vacuum and used without purification in the next step (390 mg). The dinitro derivative from above (390 mg) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and methylamine in THF (3.02 mL of a 2M solution in THF) was added. After stirring for 30 min, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the orange solid used as such in the next step. The nitro arene from above was suspended in a mixture of EtOH (12 mL) and water (12 mL) and K2C03 (1.00 g, 6 equivalents ) was added followed by sodium hydrosulfite (1.26 g, 6 equivalents). The mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature and EtOH was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Removal of the solvent and purification of the residue by flash chromatography (50 to 75% EtOAc in hexane) gave the desired diamine (162 mg). The dianiline from above (162 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (6 mL) and aminocyclobutanecarboxyl chloride hydrochloride prepared as in example 20 (116 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, diluted with EtOAc and the solution washed with aqueous NaHC03 and brine. After drying (MgS04), volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in AcOH (3 mL) and the solution heated to 80 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and basified to pH 9 by addition of solid K2C03. The organic phase was then extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried (MgS0 ). Removal of the solvent gave a residue that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 0 to 5% MeOH in EtOAc to give the title compound of example 43 (68 mg).
EXAMPLE 44
7-Methoxy-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester:
Figure imgf000158_0001
Step 1 : 4-methylsalicylic acid (32.1 g, 0.21 mol) and potassium carbonate (61.2 g, 0.44 mol) were suspended in acetone (300 mL) and the mixture brought to reflux temperature. Dimethyl sulfate (66.5 g, 0.53 mol) was added dropwise within 1 h and stirring continued overnight at reflux. Additional dimethylsulfate (30 mL) and potassium carbonate (2 X 15 g) were added and refluxing for an additional 24 h was required to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and inorganic salts removed by filtration using acetone for washings. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue was dissolved in MeOH (300 mL). Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (90 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Methanol was removed in vacuo and the residue portioned between ether (300 mL) and water (200 mL). The organic phase was separated and washed with brine and dried (Na2S04). Evaporation of the ether gave the desired di-methylated product as a yellow oil (38.1 g) that was used directly in the next step. Step 2: The ester from above (38.0 g, 0.21 mol) was dissolved in AcOH (250 mL) and bromine (37.2 g, 0.23 mol, 1.1 equiv.) was added dropwise over 30 min with stirring at room temperature. After completion, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional hour, at which point TLC analysis indicated complete conversion. The reaction mixture was poured into water (1 L) and solid Na2C03 was added cautiously with stirring until the mixture was neutral. The off-white precipitate that formed was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give the desired bromo derivative (47.2 g). Step 3: The bromo derivative from above (44.5 g, 0.17 mol) was added in small portions to cone. H2S0 (170 mL) and the mixture was stirred in an ice-salt bath until all solids dissolved. Cone. HN03 (17 mL) was then added dropwise over 20 min and stirring continued for an additional hour in the ice bath. The reaction mixture was then slowly added to ice-water (2 L) and the precipitated yellow solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water, NaHC03 solution and water again. After drying, the desired nitro derivative was obtained as an orange solid (36.8 g). Step 4: The product from above (129.0 g, 0.42 mol) was dissolved in DMF (400 mL) and DMF-dimethyl acetal (151.6 g, 1.27 mol, 3 equiv.) was added in one portion. The mixture was heated at 110-120 °C under an argon atmosphere until conversion was judged complete by TLC (24 h). The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and volatiles removed under vacuum to give a dark colored residue (-180 g). Trituration from ether-THF gave the desired enamine as red crystals (72 g)-
Step 5: The enamine from above (72.0 g, 0.20 mol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (600 mL) and MeOH (600 mL). The dark red solution was heated to 30 °C and Rariey-Nickel (18 g) was added to the solution. Hydrazine hydrate (11.6 g, 0.23 mol, 1.15 equiv,) was then added dropwise over 30 min. The reaction .temperature was increased to 50 °C and a second portion of hydrazine hydrate (11.6 g, 0.23 mol, 1.15 equiv.) was added over 30 min. After stirring overnight at 50 °C, additional Raney- nickel (20 g) and hydrazine hydrate (11.6 g, 0.23 mol, 1.15 equiv.) were added and after stirring for another 7 h at 50 °C, the reaction was judged complete by TLC. After cooling, the catalyst was removed by filtration through a pad of celite and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The dark brown residue was dissolved in EtOAc (3 L) and the solution washed with water (1.5 L), 10% HCl (1 L) and brine (700 mL). After drying (Na2S04), removal of solvents gave the desired bromoindole derivative as a brown solid (35 g). Step 6: The bromoindole derivative from above (35 g) was dissolved in MeOH (1 L) and triethylamine (16.3 g, 1.2 equiv.) was added followed by 10% Pd/C (1.06 g). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen (35 psi) until completion of the reaction (7 h). The catalyst was then removed by filtration and volatiles removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (700 mL) and the solution washed with 10% HCl (300mL), water (350 mL), NaHC03 (350 mL) and brine. The solution was dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired indole as a light brown solid (25 g).
This indole derivatives was saponified under standard conditions and elaborated to final inhibitors as previously described for analogous derivatives.
EXAMPLE 45
2-(1-Amino-cyclobutyl)-6-methoxy-3-methyl-3H-benzimidazole-5-carhoxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000160_0001
Methyl 2-methoxy-5-nitrobenzoate (6.21 g, 29.4 mmol) was suspended in MeOH (100 mL) and 20% Pd(OH)2/C (500 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm) for 18 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure (5.256 g).
The aniline from above (5.23 g) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and acetic anhydride ( 2.984 g) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The white suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure to a white paste, tert- butylmethyl ether (TBME, 20 mL) was added and while stirring, hexane (100 mL) was added slowly. The suspension was then stirred for an additional 2h and the solid collected by filtration. The product was washed with hexane and dried in air (6.372 g). 90% Nitric acid (9 mL) was diluted with water (9 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. The anilide from above (5.905 g) was added in one portion and the mixture stirred for 30 min in the ice-water bath. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise to ice-water (700 mL) and the precipitated yellow solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried in air. The orange solid (5.907 g) was shown by 1H NMR to consist of a 2:1 mixture of compounds. Extraction of the aqueous filtrate from above with EtOAc gave an additional 1 g of material that was combined with the first crop and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 015% EtOAc in CHCI3 as eluent. An orange solid (4.11 g) was obtained (one isomer). The nitroanilide from above (3.580 g) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and the solution cooled in ice. Iodomethane (4.155 mL, 66.7 mmol, 5 equivalents) and sodium tert- butoxide (6.414 g, 66.7 mmol, 5 equivalents) were added in two portions at a 3.5 h interval. Stirring at room temperature was continued for an additional 20 h after the second addition. THF was evaporated under reduced pressure and water (100 mL) was added. The deep red solution was washed with TBME (100 mL). The aqueous phase was acidified with cone. HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to a dark red powder (3.78 g) that was used directly in the next step. The free carboxylic acid (3.75 g) was suspended in 8M HCl (100 mL) and the mixture stirred at 100 °C for 8 h. After cooling to room temperature, volatiles were evaporated under vacuum and the residue was co-evaporated 3 times with MeOH. The residue was suspended again in MeoH (100 mL) and cooled in ice-water. Thionyl chloride (5.10 mL, 5 equivalents) was added dropwise and the suspension stirred at 65 °C for 4 h. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue co-evaporated twice with MeOH (100 mL) and then toluene (2 x 100 mL). The residue was then dissolved in MeOH (200 mL), 20% Pd(OH)2 / C (500 mg) was added and the mixture stirred overnight under 1 atm of hydrogen gas. The catalyst was then removed by filtration and the solution evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the solution washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and dried (MgSO4). Removal of solvents gave a solid that was suspended in TBME (50 mL) and heated to 60 °C for 30 min. An equal volume of hexane was then slowly added to the hot solution and the precipitated material was collected by filtration, washed with TBME-hexane and dried (2.00 g). The diamine from above (1.950 g) was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and the solution cooled in ice. 1-Aminocyclobutyryl chloride hydrochloride prepared using a similar procedure as in example 20 (1.50 g) was added in 3 portions over a 1.5 h period. The mixture was then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. Additional acid chloride (0.50 g) was added and stirring continued for another 2 h. DCM was evaporated under reduced pressure and AcOH (30 mL) was added and the mixture heated to 80 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and volatiles evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (100 mL) and solid NaHC03 was added in portions until a pH of 8 was reached. The product was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 0 to 15% EtOH in EtOAc as eluent. The title compound of example 45 was obtained as a grey powder (1.05 g).
EXAMPLE 46
Inhibition of NS5B RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity The compounds of the invention were tested for inhibitory activity against the hepatitis C virus RNA dependant polymerase (NS5B), according to protocol described in WO 03/010141
EXAMPLE 47 Specificity of NS5B RNA dependent RNA polymerase inhibition
The compounds of the invention were tested for inhibitory activity against polio virus RNA dependent RNA polymerase and calf thymus DNA dependent RNA polymerase II in the format that is described for the HCV polymerase with the exception that another polymerase was used in place of the HCV NS5B polymerase as is described in WO 03/010141
In Tables 1 to 8 below, the following ranges apply:
IC50: A = 10 μM-1 μM; B = 1 μM-200 nM; and C < 200 nM. TABLE 1
Figure imgf000163_0001
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n is given in the table:
Figure imgf000163_0002
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000183_0002
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0002
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000188_0001
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n is given in the table:
Figure imgf000188_0003
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000192_0002
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n is specified in the table:
Figure imgf000192_0003
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
TABLE 5
Figure imgf000220_0001
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n is given in the table:
Figure imgf000220_0002
Figure imgf000221_0001
TABLE 6
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000222_0002
Figure imgf000223_0001
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000223_0002
in the following table the index i indicates the position of the group -CO-Z and the index j indicates the position of the group R within the phenyl-ring. The term Me denotes methyl and Ph denotes phenyl.
Figure imgf000223_0003
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0002
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000241_0003
Figure imgf000242_0001

Claims

1. An isomer, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer of a compound, represented by formula I:
Figure imgf000243_0001
wherein: either A or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
the group -C(=Y1)-Z is covalently linked to either M2 or M3,
M1 is CR4a ,
M2 or M3, when not linked to -C(=Y1)-Z, is CR5,
M4 is CR4 ,
and in addition one or two of the groups selected from M1, M2, M3 and M4 may also be N, with the proviso that the group M2 or M3 to which -C(=Y1)-Z is linked is an C- atom,
Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR51R52)k1-, wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3;
Rδ1, R52 are independently H, (C*ι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C**.3)alkyl-
(C3-7)cycloalkyl, or
R5 and R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7- membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi or cyclic system being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (C1.6)alkoxy, cyano, amino, -NH(C1-4-alkyl) and/or -N(Cι-4-alkyl)2;
Y° is O, S, NR11 or CR12R13, wherein
R11, R12, R13are each independently defined as R°; R13 may also be COOR0 or SO2Rc; wherein Rc and each R° is optionally substituted with R150;
or both R12 and R13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with
R150.
L is C*ι-6alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl,
(Cι-6alkyl)aryl, Het, (C*ι-6)alkyl-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
or Y° and L are covalently bonded to form a 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered mono- or a 8, 9, 10 or 11 -membered bicyclic group which may be unsaturated or aromatic and which may contain 1 , 2 or 3 -heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein the mono- or bicyclic group is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is CR12R13, then L may also be H;
or if Y° is O, then L may also be ORc, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O, S or NR11, then L may also be N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-S02-Rc, NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc and R° being optionally substituted with R60;
is O or S, then L may also be OR6a or N(R5a)R6a, wherein R5a is defined as N2
and wherein R6a is:
Figure imgf000245_0001
or RBa is
Figure imgf000245_0002
wherein R7aand R8aare each independently defined as R°, COOR° or
CON(RN2)RN1, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W1 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2~; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (C*ι-3) alkyl; Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is aryl, Het, (Cι-6) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (Cι-6) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (Cι-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
Y1 is O, S or NR14, wherein R14 is H or (Cι-6) alkyl;
Z is defined as a) OR0; b) S02Rc; c) N(RN2)RN1; d) NRN3-N(RN2)RN1; e) NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc; f) NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1; g) NRN2-S02-Rc or h) NRN3-S02-N(RN2)RN1; i) NRN2-CO-Rc; j) COOR0; k) N(RN1)OR°; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed" by "RN1, RN2, and/or RN3, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR »6bbD or , w,,he ...r.e..■i►n■. o R5b :
Figure imgf000246_0002
SD is_
Figure imgf000246_0001
a „s„ o RNN2' a „_nd-■ D R6Db° is:
Figure imgf000246_0003
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000247_0001
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, W2 are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, W1 respectively; and Q2 is aryl, Het, (Cι-6) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (Cι-6) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-e) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60 or Q2 is R160 or Q2 is selected from the group consisting of O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, C1.4- alkyl, C2- -alkenyl and C2-4-alkynyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R160; and
R2 is selected from: halogen or R21, wherein R21 is aryl or Het, said R21 is optionally substituted with R150;
R3 is selected from (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C -3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl,
(C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C6-ι0)bicycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl- (C6.ιo)bicycloalkyl, (C6-ιo)bicycloalkenyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C6-ι0)bicycloalkenyl, HCy or (Cι-3)alkyl-HCy, wherein HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (Ci-6)alkyl optionally substituted with: . - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- OR31 or SR31 wherein R31 is H, (C*ι-6alkyl), (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or
- N(R32)2 wherein each R32 is independently H, (Cι-e)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR33 or SR33 wherein R33 is H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; d) N(R35)2 wherein each R35 is independently H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R35 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R a, R4b, R5 each are independently H or defined as R150;
R60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: OP03H, N02, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(Cι-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(Cι-6)alkyl, SO3H; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Cι-6) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-8)alkynyl,
(Cι-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with
R150. b) OR0; c) OC(0)R°; d) SR°, S02Rc, S02N(RN2)RN1, S02N(RN2)C(0)Rc, CONRN3SO2N(RN2)RN1, or CONRN2S02Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, N(RN2)S02Rc or N(RN1)R°; . f) N(RN2)CORc; g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; i) COR0; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1;
I) aryl, Het, (C^alky aryl or (C^alky Het, all of which optionally being substituted with R150; wherein said RN1, Rc and R° are each independently optionally substituted with R150 as defined,
R150 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido,
C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(Cι-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(Cι-6)alkyl; and
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Cι_6) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3- spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-8)alkynyl, (C -3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, S02Rc, SO2N(RN2)RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc or CON(RN2)SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, N(RN2)SO2Rc, or N(RN1)R°; f) N(RN2)CORc; g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR°, N(RN3)COCON(RN2)OH, N(RN3)COCON(RN2)OCι-4-alkyl or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; i) COR°; j) COOR0; k) tetrazole, triazole, CONRN3-SO2N(RN2)RN1; or CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN\ Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R160 as defined;
R160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and - one of each substituent selected from tetrazole, triazole, chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, C^alkyl, CF3, COOR161, S03H, SR161, SCF3, S02R163,
OR16VOCF3, N(R162)2 ", SO2N(R162)2, NR162SO2Rc, NR162COR162, CON(R162)2l -NR161-CO-COOR161, -NR161-CO-CO(NR162)2, -CONR161SO2Rc, CONR161- S02N(R162)2 or -S02-NR161-CORc, wherein R161, R163and each R162 is independently (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; and R161 and each R162 may each independently also be H; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R°, R°are independently defined as (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (Cι--ι)alkyl- (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C^Jalkyl-aryl and (Cι-4)alkyl-Het; and R° may also be H;
RN1 is independently selected from H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-4)alky]- (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C1-4)alkyl-aryl,
Figure imgf000250_0001
or
RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently H, CH3, (C2-6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (d-^alkyl-
(C3.6)cycloalkyl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, amino, -NH(Cι--ralkyl) and/or -N(Cι.4-alkyl)2; and wherein said
CH3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl; and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN2 and RN1; or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN3 and RN1, or RN2 and RN1; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S;
wherein Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
or a salt thereof. - " - — - - - - -
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein:
either A or B is N and the other B or A is C, wherein — between two C-atoms represents a double bond and — between a C-atom and a N-atom represents a single bond,
the group -C(=Y1)-Z is covalently linked to either M2 or M3, M1 is CR4a , M2 or M3 is CR5, M4 is CR4b,
and in addition one or two of the groups selected from M1, M2, M3 and M4 may also be N, with the proviso that the group M2 or M3 to which -C(=Y1)-Z is linked is an C- atom,
Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR51RS2)κι- wherein k1 is 1 , 2 or 3;
R51, R52are independently H, (d-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (d-3)alkyl-
(C3-7)cycloalkyl, or
R51 and R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a (C3.6)cycloalkyl group, said alkyl, cycloalkyls or alkyl-cycloalkyi being optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, (d-6)alkoxy, cyano, amino,
Figure imgf000251_0001
and/or -N(Cι--r alkyl)2;
Y° is O, S, NR11 or CR12R13, wherein
R11, R12, R13are each independently defined as R°;
R13 may also be COOR0 or SO2Rc; wherein Rc and each R° is optionally substituted with R150;
or both R12 and R13 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cyclic system whereby the 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic system may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; said cyclic systems being optionally substituted with R150;
L is Cι-6alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, Cι-6alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl,
(C*ι-6alkyl)aryl, Het, (d-6)alkyl-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60; or if Y° is CR12R13, then L may also be H;
or if Y° is O, then L may also be ORc, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O, S or NR11, then L may also be N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-R°, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN )RN1, NRN2-S02-Rc, NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN3-C0-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc and R° being optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is O or S, then L may also be OR6a or N(R5a)R6a, wherein R5a is defined as
>N2
and wherein R is
Figure imgf000252_0001
wherein R7a and R8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle; Q1 is aryl, Het, (Ci-e) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (Ci-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
Y1 is O, S or NR14, wherein R 4 is H or (Ci-e) alkyl;
Z is defined as a) OR0; b) S02Rc; c) N(RN2)RN1; d) NRN3-N(RN2)RN1; e) NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc; ) NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 g) NRN2-S02-Rc or h) NRN2-CO-Rc;
1) COOR°;
Figure imgf000253_0001
wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2, and/or RN3, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR >6bbD o _„r , 5
Figure imgf000253_0002
w.,*h_e,..r„e■i,n_ o RSD : i„s d -Ie-*fi:n...e.d.. a _s_ * RoNH2i a __nd _ι r R*j6bD is:
Figure imgf000253_0003
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9b, Q2, are defined as R7a, R8a, Y2, R9a, Q1, respectively;
R2 is selected from: halogen or R21, wherein R21 is aryl or Het, said R21 is optionally substituted with R150;
R3 is selected from (d-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (d-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl,
(C5- )cycloalkenyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C5-7)cycloalkenyl, (C6-ιo)bicycloalkyl, (d-3)alkyl- (C6-ιo)bicycloalkyl, (C6-ιo)bicycloalkenyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C6-ι0)bicycloalkenyl, HCy or (Cι-3)alkyl-HCy, wherein HCy is a saturated or unsaturated 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic group with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloalkenyl, HCy and alkyl-HCy being optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents selected from: a) halogen; b) (Cι-6)alkyl optionally substituted with:
- OR31 or SR31 wherein R31 is H, (dialkyl), (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or - N(R32)2 wherein each R32 is independently H, (d-e)alkyl,
(C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R32 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle; c) OR33 or SR33 wherein R33 is H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or
(Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; d) N(R35)2 wherein each R35 is independently H, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R35 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H or defined as R150;
R60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(Cι-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(d-6)alkyl, SO3H; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Cι-6) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-8)alkynyl,
(Cι-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with
R150 b) ORc c) OC(O)R o' u.. d) SR°, S02Rc, S02N(RN2)RN , S02N(RN2)C(0)Rc or CONRN2S02Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, or N(RN2)S02Rc; f) N(RN2)CORc; g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; i) COR0; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1;
I) aryl, Het,
Figure imgf000255_0001
all of which optionally being substituted with R150; wherein said RN1, Rc and R° are each independently optionally substituted with R150 as defined,
ach defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one of each substituent selected from: OPO3H, NO2, cyano, azido, C(=NH)NH2, C(=NH)NH(Cι-6)alkyl or C(=NH)NHCO(d-6)alkyl; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (Cι-6) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, C3-7 spirocycloalkyl optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2.8)alkynyl,
(C -3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR0; c) OC(O)R°; d) SR°, S02Rc, SO2N(RN2)RN1, SO2N(RN2)C(O)Rc or CON(RN2)SO2Rc; e) N(RN2)RN1, N(RN2)COORc, or N(RN2)SO2Rc; f) N(RN2)CORc; ■ ' g) N(RN3)CON(RN2)RN1; h) N(RN3)COCORc, N(RN3)COCOOR° or N(RN3)COCON(RN2)RN1; wherein RN1 is as defined or OH, O-d--*-alkyl; i) COR0; j) COOR0; k) tetrazole or CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R160 as defined; R160 is each defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and
- one of each substituent selected from tetrazole, chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, dialkyl, CF3, COOR161, S03H, SR161, S02R163, OR161, N(R162)2j
S02N(R162)2, S02NR162COR162, NR162S02R163, NR162COR162, or CON(R162)2, wherein R161, R163and each R162 is independently (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; and R161 and each R162 may each independently also be H; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle;
R°, Rcare independently defined as (d-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (Cι--*.)alkyl-
(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (d-^alkyl-aryl and (Cι-4)alkyl-Het; and R° may also be H;
RN1 is independently selected from H, (d-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-4)alkyl-
(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het,
Figure imgf000256_0001
(Cι-4)alkyl-Het; or
RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently H, CH3, (C2-6alkyl), (C3-6)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000256_0002
(C3.6)cycloalkyl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, halogen, carboxy, Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, amino, -NH(Cι--ralkyl) and/or -N(C1_4-alkyl)2; and wherein said CH3 is optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or d-6-alkoxycarbonyl; and
in the case - - - - " -- - - - - - -- - a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN2 and RN1; or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN3 and RN1, or RN2 and RN1; may be covalently bonded together to form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated N-containing heterocycle or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11- membered N-containing heterobicycle each may have additionally from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S;
wherein Het is defined as a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered heterobicycle having 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S;
or a salt thereof.
3. A compound according to claim 1 of formula (la)
Figure imgf000257_0001
wherein R R3, L, M\ Mz, , M4, Y\ Yϋ, Z and Sp are as defined in claim 1.
A compound according to claim 1 of formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000257_0002
wherein A, B, R2, R3, L, M1, M3, M4, Y1, Y°, Z and Sp are as defined in claim 1.
5. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group of formulas 1.1 to 1.4
Figure imgf000258_0001
wherein D3 *o4 WO
Figure imgf000258_0002
R*, R*aa, * R***>44bD, D R5°, I L, Yυ, W Y11, Z and Sp are defined as in claim 1.
6. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Sp is a spacer group selected from -(CR51R52)k1-, wherein k1 is 1, 2 or 3; and
R51, R52 are independently H or (d-3)alkyl; and/or R51, R52 are covalently bonded together and to the carbon-atom to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl group.
7. The compound according to claim 6, wherein Sp is a spacer group selected
from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2, -CH2-CH2- and
Figure imgf000259_0001
8. The compound according to claim 7, wherein Sp is -CH2-.
9. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O or S.
10. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein
L is Cι-6alkyl, (C3-e)cycloalkyl, Cι-6alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
or if Y° is CR 2R13, then L may also be H;
or if Y° is O, then L may also be ORc, wherein Rc is optionally substituted with R60;
wherein R12, R13, R60 and Rc are defined as in claim 1.
11. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein
Y° is O, S or NR11 and
L is N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO- N(RN2)RN\ N R 2_SQ2.RC) or N^ R0, said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, R and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R60; or
L is N(R5a)R6a wherein R5a is defined as RN2 and R6a is:
Figure imgf000260_0001
or R6a is:
Figure imgf000260_0002
wherein R7aand R8aare each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3.7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W1 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is aryl, Het, (Ci-e) alkyl-aryl, (Ci-e) alkyl-Het, (Ci-e) alkyl-CONH-aryl or (d-6) alkyl-CONH-Het, all of which being optionally substituted with R60;
wherein R11, R60, R°, Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, and Het are defined as in claim 1.
12. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y1 is O.
13. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein
Z is defined as a) OR°; c) N(RN2)RN1; g) NRN2-S02-Rc; h) NRN3-S02-N(RN2)RN1; or i) NRN2-CO-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60;
or Z is OR »6bbD o r.rr 5b .
Figure imgf000261_0001
w ,.,μh,eQ-r-Ωe!i*n- D RSD i iso
Figure imgf000261_0002
a ->s,--. D RTN2* „ a_n _d_ o R6bbB : is-:
Figure imgf000261_0003
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000261_0004
wherein R7b, R8b, Y3, R9 , W2, Q2, R60, R° Rc, RN1, RN2 and RN3 are defined as in claim 1.
4. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein
Sp is a spacer group selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-,
Figure imgf000262_0001
Y° is O or S;
. L is N(RN2)RN , NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc,
NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-S02-Rc or N(RN1)OR°; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R60; or
is ,
Figure imgf000262_0003
w.,heΛ,reΛ:i-n
Figure imgf000262_0002
a .-.s.-. R DNN2 a _„nd -j 0 R6baa is:
Figure imgf000262_0004
or R6a is:
Figure imgf000262_0005
Y1 is O or S;
. Z js defined as . . . - - - .- - . . a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-S02-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
Z is N(R5b)R6b wherein RSb is defined as RN2 and R6 is:
Figure imgf000263_0001
or RbD is:
Figure imgf000263_0002
wherein R7a, R8a, R7b, R8b, R9a, R9b, R60, R°, Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, Q1, Q2, W1, W2, Y2 and Y3 are defined as in claim 1.
15. The compound according to claim 1 of the formula 1.1 a
Figure imgf000263_0003
wherein RN1, including any heterocycle formed by RN1 and RN2, is optionally substituted with R60;
is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R° and R° are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
is N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000264_0001
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000264_0002
wherein R7b, R8b, R9b, R60, R°, Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, Q2, W2 and Y3 are defined as in claim 1.
16. The compound according to claim 1 of the formula 1.1 b
Figure imgf000264_0003
wherein
ϊ5a is defined as RN2; and
ϊ6a is defined as:
Figure imgf000264_0004
or Rba is
Figure imgf000264_0005
Z is defined as a) OR°; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-SO2-Rc; wherein R and R is optionally substituted with R ; and said R >N1 , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by R N1 and R , being optionally substituted with R 60. ; or
is N(RSD)RbD wherein RM is defined as RN and RbD is:
Figure imgf000265_0001
or RbD is
Figure imgf000265_0002
wherein R7a, R8a, R7b, R8b, R9a, R9b, R60, R°, Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, Q1, Q2, W1, W2, Y2 and Y3 are defined as in claim 1.
17. The compound according to claim 1 of the formula 1.1c
Figure imgf000265_0003
wherein
is optionally substituted with R60;
is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-S02-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
is N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000266_0001
or R6b is
Figure imgf000266_0002
wherein R7b, R8b, R9b, R60, R°, Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, Q2; W2 and Y3 are defined as in claim 1.
18. The compound according to claim 1 of the formula l.1d
Figure imgf000266_0003
wherein
is selected from ORc, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1 or N(RN1)OR°; said RN , including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1, RN2 and/or RN3, and Rc being optionally substituted with R' 60. Z is defined as a) OR0; c) N(RN2)RN1; or g) NRN2-S02-Rc; wherein R° and Rc are optionally substituted with R60; and said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; or
Z is N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000267_0001
or R6b is:
Figure imgf000267_0002
wherein R7b, R8b, R9b, R60, R° Rc, RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, Q2, W2 and Y3 are defined as in claim 1.
19. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11, and
L is N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-N(RN2)RN1, NRN3-NRN2-CO-Rc, NRN4-NRN3-CO-N(RN2)RN1, NRN2-S02-Rc or N(RN1)OR°, wherein
RN2, RN3, RN4 are each independently H, methyl, (C2-4)alkyl, (C3-e)cycloalkyl or (d-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or (Cι--*.)alkoxcarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi is optionally substituted with hydroxy, d-3-aikyl, amino,
-NH(Cι-4-alkyl), -N(d-4-alkyl)2 and/or -0-(C1-4-alkyl);
RN1 is H, methyl, (C2-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000267_0003
phenyl, Het or
Figure imgf000267_0004
wherein all of said methyl, alkyl, and cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with Cι-3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or (Cι- )alkoxcarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(CM-alkyl), CON(CM-alkyl)2; and/or wherein all of said alkyl, and cycloalkyl, is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(Cι-4-alkyl), -N(d- -alkyl)2 and/or -O-(Cι-4-alkyl); and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN1 and RN2 or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN1 and RN3 or RN1 and RN2 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle which may have additionally 1 or 2 heteroatoms or a 8-, 9-, 10- or 11 -membered saturated or unsaturated heterobicycle which may have additionally from 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms, whereby the heteroatoms are selected from O, N, and S; and
wherein Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: N02, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (Chalky!, hydroxy, 0-(Cι^)alkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(d-4.alkyl, CONH2, CONH(d-4-alkyl), CON(CM-alkyl)2l
-NH(C -alkyl), -N(C1^-alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, _N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl, -(C^Jalkyl-OH, -(C -4)alkyl-O-(Cι-4)alkyl, -(Cι-4)alkyl-COOH,
Figure imgf000268_0001
-(d-t)alkyl-CONH2, -(CM)alkyl- CONH(Cι-4-alkyl), -(Cι-4)alkyl-CON(Cι-4-alkyl)2,
Figure imgf000268_0002
-(C1_4)al yl- NH(Cι-4-alkyl), -(Cι-4)alkyl-N(d-4-alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with d--*-alkyl; and wherein Rc, R°, and R11are defined as in claim 1.
20. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11 and
L is N(RN2)RN1 wherein
RN2 is H, methyl, (C2--*.)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or (C - )alkoxcarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi is optionally substituted with hydroxy, C -3-alkyl, amino,
Figure imgf000269_0001
and/or -0-(C -4-alkyl);
RN1 is methyl, (C2-e)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000269_0002
phenyl, Het and (d.- alkyl-Het; wherein the methyl, and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with Cι-3-alkyl,halogen, carboxy or (d--*.)alkoxcarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι--*-alkyl),
Figure imgf000269_0003
and/or wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino,
Figure imgf000269_0004
-N(Cι-4-alkyl)2 and/or -0-(Cι-4-alkyl); and
wherein Het is a saturated or unsaturated 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: N02, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from:
Figure imgf000269_0005
amino, -COOH, -COO(Cι-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι--.-alkyl), CON(Cι-4-alkyl)2, -NH(Cι--*-alkyl), -N(C - -alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-morpholinyl,
N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl, -(d-4)alkyl-OHr-(Gι-4)alkyl-O-(Cι-4)alkyl,
Figure imgf000269_0006
CONH(C1.4-alkyl),
Figure imgf000269_0007
-(C1-4)alkyl- NH(Cι-4-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-N(Cι-4-alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with
Figure imgf000269_0008
and wherein R is defined as in claim 1.
21. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O, S or NR11, and L is N(RN2)RN1 wherein
RN2 and RN are covalently bonded together to form a heterocycle selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine;
wherein said piperazine and homopiperazine may be N-substituted with
Figure imgf000270_0001
(C3-6)cycloalkyl or Cι-4alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl; and
wherein said heterocycles are optionally monosubstituted by (C3-6)cycloalkyl,
(Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, HCy or d-3alkyl-HCy , wherein HCy is selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine; and
wherein said heterocycles, including an optional alkyl-, cycloalkyl- or alkylcycloalkyl-group and/or HCy or d.3alkyl-HCy group, are optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen and (C1-4)alkyl; - one of each substituent selected from: N02, cyano, azido; and - 1 or 2 substituents selected from: hydroxy, 0-(Cι--.)alkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(d-4)alkyl, CONH2, CONH^^- alkyl), CON^^-alkyl)^ -NH(d-6-alkyl), -N(Cι-6-alkyl)2, -(Cι--.)alkyl-OH,
Figure imgf000270_0002
-(C1-4)alkyl-CONH2, -(Cι-4)alkyl-CONH(Cι-4-alkyl),
Figure imgf000270_0003
-(C1-4)alkyl-amino, -(Cι-4)alkyl-NH(Cι-4-alkyl)r-(Cι-4)alkyl-N(Cι-4-alkyl)2; - - - wherein said alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen.
22. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O and L is OR6a, or wherein Y° is O or S and L is N(RN2)R6a, and
R6a are defined as:
Figure imgf000271_0001
wherein
R7a is defined as H, COOH, CONH2, (Cι-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (d-^alkyl- (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C1-4)alkyl-aryl,
Figure imgf000271_0002
all of which are optionally substituted with R60; and
R8a is H or (Cι-4)alkyl; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3-7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and
when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (Cι-3) alkyl;
Q1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
Figure imgf000271_0003
wherein
Q1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (Cι-3) alkyl-aryl or (d-3)alkyl-Hetaryl; Q1b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q1c is a bond, O-C^-alkyl, S-d^-alkyl, d^-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C2.4- alkynyl; and
R1q is selected from is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2,
S02N(R162)2, -N(R162)2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHS02Rc, CONHS02Rc, S02NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHS02N(R162)2;;
q is O or l ;
wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and
wherein R°, Rc, RN2, R150, R160, R161 and R162 are defined as in claim 1.
23. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Y° is O and L is OR6a, or wherein Y° is O or S and L is N(R5a)R6a, wherein R5a is defined as RN2; and
R6a is defined as:
Figure imgf000272_0001
wherein R7a and R8a are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7a and R8a are covalently bonded together to form a second (C .7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and when L is N(R5a)R6a, either of R7a or R8a may be covalently bonded to R5a to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
Y2 is O or S;
R9a is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or R9a is covalently bonded to either of R7a or R8a to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q1 is a group of the subformula Ilia
1a 1b
Q -Q -Q1-^ R1q
wherein
Q1a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d-3) alkyl-aryl or (Cι-3)alkyl-Hetaryl; Q1b is phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q1c is a bond, O-d-4-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, d^-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C2--r alkynyl; and
R1q is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, -N(R16 )2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHS02Rc, CONHS02Rc, S02NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHS02N(R16 )2;;
q is O or l;
wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein R°, Rc, RN2, R150, R160, R161 and R162 are defined as in claim 1.
24. The compound according to claim 22 or 23, wherein a) Q1a is phenyl, q is 1 and Q1c is a bond; b) Q1a is phenyl, q is 0 and Q1c is vinyl; or c) Q1a is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, said heterobicycle optionally being substituted with R160; q is 0 and Q1c is a bond, -CH2-CH2- or -CH=CH-.
25. The compound according to claim 22, 23 or 24, wherein the group Q1c-R1q is -CH=CH-COOH.
26. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z Z iiss ddeeffiinneedd aass OORR°°,, wwhheerreeiinn RR°° iiss optionally substituted with R60; and wherein R° is defined as in claim 1.
27. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z is OR° wherein
R° is H, dialkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, Cι-3alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl,
(C*ι-3alkyl)phenyl, (d-3)alkyl-pyridinyl, wherein said alkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl-phenyl, or alkyl-pyridinyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and
- one of each substituent selected from chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, dialkyl,
CF3, COOR161, S02R161, OR161, N(R162)2, S02N(R162)2, NR162COR162 or CON(R162)2, wherein R161 and each R162 is independently H, (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (Ci-
3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl; or both R162 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered saturated heterocycle.
28. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z is OH.
29. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z is defined as N(RN2)RN1; said RN1, including any heterocycle or heterobicycle formed by RN1 and RN2, being optionally substituted with R60; and wherein R60, RN1 and RN2 are defined as in claim 1.
30. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z is defined as N(RN2)RN1 wherein
RN2 is H, methyl, (C^alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which being optionally substituted with halogen, carboxy or (d--*.)alkoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyi is optionally substituted with hydroxy, Cι-3-alkyl, amino,
Figure imgf000275_0001
RN1 is methyl, (C2-6)alkyl, (Cι--*.)alkyl-phenyl or (Cι-4)alkyl-Het; wherein the methyl and alkyl groups are optionally substituted with Cι-3-alkyl, halogen, carboxy or
Figure imgf000275_0002
CONH2, CONH(d-4-alkyl), CON(C1-4-alkyl)2; and/or wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(Cι- -alkyl), -N(Cι- -alkyl)2 and/or -0-(Cι-4-alkyl); and
wherein Het is a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered monocyclic group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a benzene ring may be fused to the monocyclic group; and
wherein said phenyl group, heterocycle, heterobicycle or Het is optionally substituted by 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - .., _ . .
- one of each substituent selected from: N02, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: (C1_4)alkyl, hydroxy, ©-(dialkyl, amino, -COOH, -COO(ClJφ)alkyl> CONH2, CONH(Cι--.-alkyl), CON^^-alkyl)^
-NH(Cι--ralkyl), -N(C1-4-alkyl)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorpholinyl, N-piperazinyl,
Figure imgf000275_0003
-(C1-4)alkyl-0-(C1- )alkylI -(Cι-4)alkyl-COOH,
Figure imgf000275_0004
CONH(Cι-4-alkyl), -(C1-4)alkyl-CON(C1-4-alkyl)2,
Figure imgf000275_0005
NH(Cι-4-alkyl), -(Cι-4)alkyl-N(Cι-4-alkyl)2, wherein the alkyl-groups may be substituted with halogen; and wherein the N-piperazinyl-group may be N-substituted with (C1.4)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl.
31. The compound according to claim 29, wherein Z is defined as
N(RN2)RN1 wherein
RN2 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, all of which being optionally substituted with methyl, fluorine, chlorine, carboxyl or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n- propyl or i-propyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2 and/or -O-(CH3);
RN1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, pyridinylmethyl or pyridinylethyl; wherein all of said methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i-propyl, groups are optionally substituted with fluorine, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2; and/or wherein said ethyl, n-propyl or i-propyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2 and/or -O-CH3; and
wherein said phenyl and pyridinyl group is optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 , 2 or.3 substituents selected from: methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, -COOH, -COOCH3, CONH2, CONH(CH3), CON(CH3)2, amino, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -CH2-OH, -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-NH2, -CH2-N(CH3)2 and -(CH2)2-OH.
32. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein
Z is NRN2-SO2-Rc or NRN2-CO-Rc wherein
RN2 is H, (C1-4)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl or (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, and Rc is (d-e)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-e)alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, (d-3)alkyl-phenyl, (d-3)alkyl-naphthyl, (d-3)alkyl-Het, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, alkenyl, phenyl, Het, alkyl-phenyl, alkyl- naphthyl or alkyl-Het, are all optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from R60; wherein Het and R60 are defined as in claim 1.
3. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z OR6b or N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is defined as:
Figure imgf000277_0001
wherein
R7b is defined as H, COOH, CONH2, (d.6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000277_0002
(C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-e)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C1_ )alkyl-aryl,
Figure imgf000277_0003
all of which are optionally substituted with R60; and
R8b is H or (Cι-4)alkyl; or
R7b and R8b are covalently bonded together to form a second (C3-7)cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from O, N, and S; and
when Z is N(R5b)R6b, either of R7b or R8b may be covalently bonded to R5b to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R150; and
W2 is selected from a) a single bond; b) -CH2-; c) -CH2-CH2-; and d) -CH=CH-;
wherein the alkylene and alkenylene groups according to b), c) and d) may be substituted with (d^) alkyl;
Q2 is a group of the subformula Illb wherein
Q2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (d-3) alkyl-aryl or (Cι-3)alkyl-Hetaryl;
Q2b is a phenyl or Hetaryl; Q2c is a bond, O-C^-alkyl, -C^-alkyl, C^-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C2.4- alkynyl, wherein said O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, C^-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C^-alkynyl are optionally substituted with R170; wherein R170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from: - 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from halogen;
- one or two of each substituent selected from (d-4) alkyl, (Ci--*.) alkoxy, (C3-5) cycloalkyl, or cyano; wherein (C -- alkyl may optionally be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms; and
R2q is selected from H, CN, COOR161, CON(R162)2, S02N(R162)2, -N(R162)2,
OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, NHS02Rc, CONHSO2Rc, SO2NHCORc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2;
qa is O or l ; qb is 0 or 1 ; wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and
wherein Het, R°, Rc, RN2, R60, R150, R160, R161 and R162 are defined as in claim 1.
4. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein Z OR6b or N(R5b)R6b wherein R5b is defined as RN2 and R6b is:
Figure imgf000279_0001
wherein R7 and R8b are each independently defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R60; or
R7b and R8b are covalently bonded together to form a (C3- )cycloalkyl or a 4, 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having from 1 to 3 heteroatom selected from
O, N, and S; or when Z is N(R5b)R6b, either of R7b or R8b may be covalently bonded to R5b to form a nitrogen-containing 5-or 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said cycloalkyl or heterocycle being optionally substituted by R60; and
Y3 is O or S;
R9b is defined as R°, wherein said R° is optionally substituted with R150; or R9b is covalently bonded to either of R7b or R8b to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
Q2 is a group of the subformula Illb
Figure imgf000279_0002
" ~ wherein
Q2a is aryl, Hetaryl, (C -3) alkyl-aryl or (C1-3)alkyl-Hetaryl;
Q2 is a phenyl or Hetaryl;
Q2c is a bond, O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, d^-alkyl, C2-4-alkenyl or C-M- alkynyl, wherein said O-C^-alkyl, S-C^-alkyl, d-4-alkyl, C^-alkenyl or C^-alkynyl are optionally substituted with R170; wherein R170 is defined as H or as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one or two of each substituent selected fro alkyl, (Ci- 4) alkoxy, (C3-5) cycloalkyl, or cyano; wherein
Figure imgf000280_0001
lkyl may optionally be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms; and
R2q is selected from H, CN; COOR161, CON(R162)2, SO2N(R162)2, -N(R162)2, OR161, SR161, -NHCOR162, -NH-CO-COOR161, -NH-CO-CON(R162)2, CONHSO2Rc, tetrazole, triazole and CONHSO2N(R162)2;
qa is 0 or 1 ; qb is 0 or 1 ; wherein each aryl, phenyl, Hetaryl, alkyl, alkenyl and/or alkynyl-groups is optionally substituted with R160; and
wherein Hetaryl is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and
wherein R°, Rc, RN2, R60, R150, R160, R161 and R162 are defined as in claim 1.
35. The compound according to claim 33 or 34, wherein a) qa is 1 , Q2a is phenyl, qb is 1 and Q2c is a bond; b) qa is 1 , Q2a is phenyl, qb is 0 and Q2c is -CH=C(R170)-, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, -CH3 or -CH2CH3; or c) qa is 1 , Q2a is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic heterobicycle having 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, said heterobicycle optionally being substituted with R160; qb is 0 and Q2c is a bond, -CH2-CH2- or
-CH=C(R170)-, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, -CH3 or -CH2CH3.
36. The compound according to claim 33, 34 or 35, wherein the group Q2c-R2q is -CH=C(R170)-COOH, wherein R170 is selected from H, F, -CH3 or -CH2CH3.
37. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R2 is R21, wherein R21 is phenyl or Het selected from the group of formulas
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000281_0002
Figure imgf000281_0004
Figure imgf000281_0003
and wherein said R21 is unsubstituted or substituted with R150, being defined as in claim 1.
38. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R2 is R21, wherein R21 is defined as in claim 1 or 37, and wherein R21 is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 to 2 substituents selected from: a) (Cι* )alkyl or (Cι-4)alkoxy, both optionally substituted with OH,
O(d-4)alkyl, SO2(C1.4 alkyl), 1 to 3 halogen atoms, amino, NH(CH3) or N(CH3)2); b) NR111R112 wherein both R 11 and R112 are independently H, (CM)alkyl, or R112 is (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl; or both R111 and R112 are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, phenyl and benzyl, being optionally substituted with halogen or:
- OR2h or N(R2h)2 , wherein each R2h is independently H, (dialkyl, or both R2h are covalently bonded together and to the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a nitrogen- containing heterocycle; c) NHCOR117 wherein R117 is (dialkyl, O d-^alkyl or 0(C3-7)cycloalkyl; and e) CONH2, CONH(d-talkyl), CON(d^lkyl)2.
39. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R3 is selected from (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C5.7)cycloalkenyl, (C6-ιo)bicycloalkyl,
(C6.io)bicycloalkenyl, or HCy, wherein said groups are unsubstituted or mono- or - disubstituted by halogen, hydroxy, Cι--*.alkyl and/or O-C^alkyl, wherein the alkyl groups may be fluorinated; wherein HCy is defined as in claim 1.
40. The compound according to claim 39, wherein R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl, or a group selected from
wherein all said groups are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine, Cι-3alkyl or CF3.
41. The compound according to claim 40, wherein R3 is cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
42. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R60 is each defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen; - one of each substituent selected from: NO2, cyano, azido; and
- 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (C-M) alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C2-4)alkenyl, (d-^alkynyl, (Cι-3)alkyl- (C3-7)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally being substituted with R150; b) OR°; e) N(RN2)RN1; f) N(RN2)CORc; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1;
I) phenyl, Het, (d-3alkyl)phenyl or (d-3alkyl)Het; wherein Het is selected from furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydropyran, pyridinyl, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperidine and homopiperazine, all of which optionally being substituted with R150;
wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R150 as defined, and R150, RN , RN2, Rc and R° are defined as in claim 1.
43. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R150 is defined as 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from: - 1 to 3 fluorine-substituents; - one of each substituent selected from: chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, cyano, azido; and - 1 to 3 substituents selected from: a) (C1-3) alkyl, CF3, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3) alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, all of which optionally substituted with R160; b) OR0; e) N(RN2)RN1; f) N(RN2)CORc; j) COOR0; k) CON(RN2)RN1; wherein said RN1, Rc and/or R° are optionally substituted with R160 as defined; and
R160, RN1, RN2, Rc and R° are defined as in claim 1.
44. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R160 is defined as 1 , 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from:
- 1 , 2 or 3 fluorine substituents; and
- one of each substituent selected from chlorine, bromine, iodine, CN, nitro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl; COOH, COOCH3, OH, OCH3, OCF3, NH2, NHCH3, N(CH3)2, SO2NH2, SO2NHCOCH3, NHCOCH3 or CONH2, CONHCHs and CON(CH3)2.
45. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims, wherein R° and Rcare each defined as (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, Het, (d-3)alkyl-Het; all of which are optionally substituted as defined; and R° may also be H;
RN1 is H, (d^)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, (Cι-3)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, Het, (C -3)alkyl-Het; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyl-cycloalkyi, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, Het and alkyl- Het are optionally substituted as defined; or
RN2, RN3, RN4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl; all of which being optionally substituted with fluorine, carboxy or methoxycarbonyl; and/or wherein said ethyl, n-propyl or i-propyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, amino, -NH(CH3) and/or -N(CH3)2; and
in the case a) of a group N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN2 and RN1 or b) of a group NRN3-N(RN2)RN1 the substituents RN3 and RN1 or RN2 and RN1 may be covalently bonded together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated heterocycle which may have additionally one heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein said heterocycle is optionally substituted as defined;
wherein Het is defined as in claim 1.
46. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, carboxyl,
(dialkyl, CF3, (d-4)alkoxy, -0-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, -0-(d-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, -O- aryl, -O-(Cι-3)alkyl-aryl, -O-Het, -O-(d-3)alkyl-Het, NRN1RN2, COR0, NRN2CORc, CONRN2RN1, or NRN3CONRN1RN2, wherein all said alkyl and alkoxy groups may be mono-, di- or trisubstituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and
wherein R°, RN1, RN2, RN3 and Het are defined as in claim 1.
47. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R° and RN1 are independently H, (C1^.)alkyl, aryl, or (d-3)alkyl-aryl; Rc is (d-^alkyl, aryl, or (Cι-3)alkyl-aryl; wherein all of said aryl is phenyl optionally substituted with R160, wherein R160 is defined as in claim 1 ; and RN2 and RN3 are each H or methyl; wherein all said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or trisubstituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine.
48. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, methyl, CF3, methoxy, carboxy, amino, -NMe2, -CONH2, -NHCONH2, -CO-NHMe, -NHCONHMe, -CO-NMe2 or -NHCONMe2.
49. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R4a, R4b, R5 each are independently H, methyl or methoxy.
50. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein at least two of R4a, R B, Rb are H
51. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000286_0001
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n and the substituents L, R2 are defined according to the following table
Figure imgf000286_0002
Figure imgf000287_0001
Figure imgf000288_0001
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000292_0001
Figure imgf000293_0001
Figure imgf000294_0001
Figure imgf000295_0001
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000297_0002
52. A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000297_0001
wherein the substituents RN2 and Rc are defined according to the following table
Figure imgf000297_0003
Figure imgf000298_0001
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
Figure imgf000301_0001
3. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000302_0001
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n and the substituents L, R2, R 7b R8b and Q2 are defined according to the following table
Figure imgf000302_0002
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0001
54. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000304_0002
wherein R3 is Cn-cycloalkyl and the index n and the substituents L, R2 and Z are defined according to the following table
Figure imgf000305_0001
Figure imgf000306_0001
Figure imgf000307_0001
Figure imgf000308_0001
Figure imgf000309_0001
Figure imgf000310_0001
Figure imgf000311_0001
Figure imgf000312_0001
55. A compound chosen from one of the following formulas:
Figure imgf000312_0002
Figure imgf000313_0001
56. Use of a compound of the formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of HCV polymerase.
57. Use of a compound of the formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of RNA dependent RNA polymerase activity of the enzyme NS5B, encoded by HCV.
58. Use of a compound of the formula 1 according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an inhibitor of HCV replication.
59. A method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
60. A method of treating or preventing HCV infection in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with another antiviral agent.
61. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of HCV infection, comprising an effective amount of a compound of formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
62. The composition according to claim 61 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more antiviral agents.
63. The composition according to claim 62, wherein said antiviral agent is selected from: ribavirin and amantadine.
64 The composition according to claim 62 wherein the antiviral agent is an other anti-HCV agent.
65. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 64, wherein the other anti-HCV agent is an immunomodulatory agent, selected from -, β-, δ- γ-, and ω- interferon.
66. A composition according to claim 64, wherein said anti-HCV agent is another inhibitor of HCV polymerase.
67. The composition according to claim 64, wherein the other anti-HCV agent is an inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease.
68. The composition according to claim 64, wherein the other anti-HCV agent is an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle.
69. A composition according to claim 68, wherein said inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle is an agent that inhibits a target selected from HCV helicase, HCV NS2/3 protease and HCV IRES.
70. Use of a compound of formula 1 according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or the prevention of a Flaviviridae viral infection
71. Use of a compound of formula I according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55, or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or the prevention of an HCV infection.
72. An intermediate compound represented by the formula 2(v) and 2'(v)
Figure imgf000315_0001
wherein Y°, L, Sp, R° and R3 are defined as in claim 1 ; and X is CI, Br or l. An intermediate compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000316_0001
and/or
Figure imgf000316_0002
Figure imgf000316_0003
Z f, R *Q2£, R __."Λ, o R4a , R Dr**b" and R are defined as in claim 1;
not including compounds P1 , P2, P3 and P4 of the following formula
Figure imgf000316_0004
wherein
Cpd.
Figure imgf000316_0005
Figure imgf000317_0001
74. Use of a compound according to claim 72 or 73 for the manufacture of a compound according to one or more of the claims 1 to 55.
75. A process for producing compounds of formula 1.1
Figure imgf000317_0002
wherein Y°, L, Sp, R°, R2 and R3 are defined as in claim 1 ,
comprising the reaction of an indole derivative of the formula 2(iv)
Figure imgf000317_0003
wherein R° and R3 are defined as hereinbefore and X is Cl, Br or I; according to one of the following methods a), b), c) or d):
a) 1.) cross-coupling of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) with i) a stannane derivative of the formula R2-SnR'3, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and R' is a Cι-8-alkyl or aryl group; or ii) a boronic acid derivative R2-B(OH)2 and R2-B(OR')2, wherein R2 and R' are defined as hereinbefore; under transition metal catalysis to yield an indole derivative of the formula 2(vii)
Figure imgf000318_0001
wherein R°, R2 and R3 are defined as hereinbefore;
2.) the indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) is further processed by N- alkylation using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ; or
b) 1.) halogen-metal exchange of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using an alkyllithium reagent or lithium metal; and 2.) trans-metallation of the reaction product yielded by the previous step using: i) a trialkyl tin halide; ii) a trialkyl borate; or iii) zinc chloride; and 3.)— cross-coupling of the reaction product yielded by the previous step using R2-X, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and X is F, Cl, Br, I or triflate, under transition metal catalysis to yield an indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) as defined hereinbefore; and
4.) the indole derivative of the formula 2(vii) is further processed by N- alkylation using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ; or c). 1.) N-alkylation of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the indole derivative of the formula 2(v)
Figure imgf000319_0001
2.) 1.) halogen-metal exchange of the derivative of the formula 2(v) using an alkyllithium reagent or lithium metal; and
2.) trans-metallation of the reaction product according to the previous step using: i) a trialkyl tin halide; ii) alkyl borate; or iii) zinc chloride; and
3.) cross-coupling of the reaction product according to the previous step using R2-X, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and X is F, Cl, Br, I or triflate, under transition metal catalysis yielding the product of the formula 1.1 ; or
d) 1.) N-alkylation of the indole derivative of the formula 2(iv) using the electrophilic reagent X-Sp-C(=Y°)-L, wherein X is a leaving group, like e.g. Cl, Br, I, mesylate, triflate, tosylate; and Sp, Y° and L are as defined hereinbefore, in the presence of a strong base, yielding the indole derivative of the formula 2(v) as defined hereinbefore; and 2.) cross-coupling of the indole derivative of the formula 2(v) with i) a stannane derivative of the formula R2-SnR'3, wherein R2 is defined as hereinbefore and R' is a Cι-8-alkyl or aryl group; or ii) a boronic acid derivative R -B(OH)2 and R2-B(OR')2, wherein R2 and R' are defined as hereinbefore; under transition metal catalysis yielding the product of the formula 1.1.
PCT/CA2004/000018 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors WO2004065367A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EA200501065A EA009323B1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
BR0406926-9A BRPI0406926A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral Polymerase Inhibitors
MXPA05007754A MXPA05007754A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors.
CA2511307A CA2511307C (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
JP2006500429A JP4585507B2 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitor
UAA200508155A UA83651C2 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
AU2004205429A AU2004205429A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
NZ541852A NZ541852A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP04703130A EP1587787A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
YUP-2005/0556A RS20050556A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors
IL169777A IL169777A0 (en) 2003-01-22 2005-07-20 Viral polymerase inhibitors
HR20050662A HRP20050662A2 (en) 2003-01-22 2005-07-21 Viral polymerase inhibitors
NO20053892A NO20053892L (en) 2003-01-22 2005-08-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US44187103P 2003-01-22 2003-01-22
US60/441,871 2003-01-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004065367A1 true WO2004065367A1 (en) 2004-08-05
WO2004065367A8 WO2004065367A8 (en) 2006-07-13

Family

ID=32771985

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2004/000018 WO2004065367A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-19 Viral polymerase inhibitors

Country Status (25)

Country Link
US (2) US7223785B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1587787A1 (en)
JP (2) JP4585507B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20050095863A (en)
CN (1) CN1764641A (en)
AR (1) AR047754A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004205429A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0406926A (en)
CA (1) CA2511307C (en)
CL (1) CL2004000076A1 (en)
CO (1) CO5590912A2 (en)
EA (1) EA009323B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP055913A (en)
HR (1) HRP20050662A2 (en)
IL (1) IL169777A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05007754A (en)
NO (1) NO20053892L (en)
NZ (1) NZ541852A (en)
PE (1) PE20040940A1 (en)
PL (1) PL378194A1 (en)
RS (1) RS20050556A (en)
TW (1) TW200418843A (en)
UA (1) UA83651C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2004065367A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200504893B (en)

Cited By (91)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005014543A1 (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-02-17 Japan Tobacco Inc. Condensed ring compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005034941A1 (en) * 2003-10-10 2005-04-21 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti Spa Indoles and azaindoles as antiviral agents
WO2005070955A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2005080388A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006007693A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006029912A1 (en) * 2004-06-11 2006-03-23 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Indole derivatives as antiviral agents
WO2006076529A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Indole derivatives for treating viral infections
US7153848B2 (en) 2004-08-09 2006-12-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of HCV replication
WO2007019674A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP1771169A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2007-04-11 PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis c
WO2007047146A2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-26 Intermune, Inc. Inhibitors of viral replication
WO2007084435A3 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-11-08 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating hepatitis c
WO2007084413A3 (en) * 2004-07-14 2007-11-29 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating hepatitis c
WO2008109584A1 (en) * 2007-03-05 2008-09-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hcv ns5b inhibitors
WO2008121634A2 (en) 2007-03-30 2008-10-09 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US7511145B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2009-03-31 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Bicyclic heteroaryl derivatives
WO2009076173A2 (en) 2007-12-05 2009-06-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
WO2009076747A1 (en) 2007-12-19 2009-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2009080836A3 (en) * 2007-12-24 2009-09-17 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Macrocyclic indoles as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US7642352B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2010-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing 2,3-disubstituted indoles
US7659263B2 (en) 2004-11-12 2010-02-09 Japan Tobacco Inc. Thienopyrrole compound and use thereof as HCV polymerase inhibitor
WO2010018131A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
WO2010075549A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidates
WO2010075517A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside analogs
WO2010075554A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Synthesis of purine nucleosides
WO2010080874A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Scynexis, Inc. Cyclosporine derivative for use in the treatment of hcv and hiv infection
US7772271B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-08-10 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
US7781478B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-08-24 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
WO2010099159A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclopropyl fused indolobenzazepine hcv ns5b inhibitors
US7795247B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2010-09-14 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Tetracyclic indole derivatives as antiviral agents
WO2010117932A1 (en) * 2009-04-06 2010-10-14 Schering Corporation Indole derivatives and methods for antiviral treatment
US7816348B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2010132163A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2010135569A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Pharmasset, Inc. N- [ (2 ' r) -2 ' -deoxy-2 ' -fluoro-2 ' -methyl-p-phenyl-5 ' -uridylyl] -l-alanine 1-methylethyl ester and process for its production
US7868037B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2011-01-11 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
US7897622B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7977331B1 (en) 2004-02-24 2011-07-12 Japan Tobacco Inc. Tetracyclic fused heterocyclic compound and use thereof as HCV polymerase inhibitor
US7989438B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2011-08-02 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Therapeutic compounds
WO2011098451A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc Purine derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses
WO2011098452A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc 6-amino-2-{ [ (1s)-1-methylbutyl] oxy}-9-[5-(1-piperidinyl)-7,9-dihydro-8h-purin-8-one maleate
WO2011123668A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Pharmasset, Inc. Stereoselective synthesis of phosphorus containing actives
WO2011123672A1 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Pharmasset, Inc. Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
US8232390B2 (en) 2006-05-08 2012-07-31 Istituto Di Richerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Pentacyclic indole derivatives as antiviral agents
US8242140B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2012-08-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2494991A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2012-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Combination therapy for the treatment of HCV infection
EP2518073A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2012-10-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds for the treatment of Hepatitis C
WO2012072713A3 (en) * 2010-11-30 2013-04-04 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors such as cyclylcyclopropanamine derivatives for use in the treatment of diseases and disorders associated with flaviviridae
US8524717B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2013-09-03 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Oxidase inhibitors and their use
US8563530B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-10-22 Gilead Pharmassel LLC Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8722743B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2014-05-13 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine specific demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US8759510B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2014-06-24 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
US8859555B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2014-10-14 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine Specific Demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
US8946296B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2015-02-03 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Substituted heteroaryl- and aryl-cyclopropylamine acetamides and their use
US8993808B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2015-03-31 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives and their medical use
US9006449B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2015-04-14 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Cyclopropylamine derivatives useful as LSD1 inhibitors
US9061966B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2015-06-23 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Cyclopropylamine inhibitors of oxidases
US9085555B2 (en) 2011-01-04 2015-07-21 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
WO2015124591A1 (en) 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Pyrrolo[3,2] pyrimidine derivatives as inducers of human interferon
US9181198B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2015-11-10 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Arylcyclopropylamine based demethylase inhibitors of LSD1 and their medical use
US9186337B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2015-11-17 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors for diseases and disorders associated with Hepadnaviridae
EP3000813A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2016-03-30 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
EP3020723A1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic proline derived hcv serine protease inhibitors
WO2016075661A1 (en) 2014-11-13 2016-05-19 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa Adenine derivatives which are useful in the treatment of allergic diseases or other inflammatory conditions
US9388199B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-07-12 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9464081B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-10-11 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9469597B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2016-10-18 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9468661B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-10-18 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9487483B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-11-08 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US9487512B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2016-11-08 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9550755B2 (en) 2012-07-12 2017-01-24 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US9616058B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2017-04-11 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Potent selective LSD1 inhibitors and dual LSD1/MAO-B inhibitors for antiviral use
WO2017093933A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
WO2017175156A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2017175147A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
US9815819B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2017-11-14 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
EP3246030A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2017-11-22 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Novel adenine derivatives
US9908859B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2018-03-06 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors for myeloproliferative disorders
WO2019069270A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting)
WO2019069269A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting) useful in treating hiv
WO2019219820A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
WO2020232378A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Benzo[b][1,8]naphthyridine acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2020232375A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Oxoacridinyl acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2021009362A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021009365A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
US11072610B2 (en) 2018-09-12 2021-07-27 Novartis Ag Antiviral pyridopyrazinedione compounds
US11116783B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2021-09-14 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
US11667613B2 (en) 2019-09-26 2023-06-06 Novartis Ag Antiviral pyrazolopyridinone compounds
WO2023161427A1 (en) 2022-02-24 2023-08-31 Eisbach Bio Gmbh Viral combination therapy
US12030879B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-07-09 Inflazome Limited Sulfonyl acetamides as NLRP3 inhibitors

Families Citing this family (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100509388B1 (en) 1996-10-18 2005-08-23 버텍스 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Inhibitors Of Serine Proteases, Particularly Hepatitis C Virus NS3 Protease
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
EP2335700A1 (en) 2001-07-25 2011-06-22 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C virus polymerase inhibitors with a heterobicylic structure
GB0215293D0 (en) 2002-07-03 2002-08-14 Rega Foundation Viral inhibitors
US20050075279A1 (en) * 2002-10-25 2005-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
US7098231B2 (en) * 2003-01-22 2006-08-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7223785B2 (en) * 2003-01-22 2007-05-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
GB0307891D0 (en) * 2003-04-04 2003-05-14 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Chemical compounds,compositions and uses
AU2004235848B2 (en) * 2003-05-09 2011-08-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C virus NS5B polymerase inhibitor binding pocket
UY28500A1 (en) 2003-09-05 2005-04-29 Vertex Pharma INHIBITORS OF SERINE PROTEASES, IN PARTICULAR PROTEASA NS3-NS4A HCV.
WO2005063744A2 (en) * 2003-12-22 2005-07-14 K.U. Leuven Research & Development IMIDAZO[4,5-c]PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF ANTIVIRAL TREATMENT
RU2007116265A (en) * 2004-10-01 2008-11-10 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) HCV VIRUS NS3-NS4A INHIBITION
TWI437990B (en) 2004-10-29 2014-05-21 Vertex Pharma Medical use of vx-950
DE602005013580D1 (en) * 2004-12-21 2009-05-07 Leuven K U Res & Dev IMIDAZOE4,5-CYPYRIDINE COMPOUND AND METHOD FOR ANTIVIRAL TREATMENT
US7964624B1 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-06-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
AR055395A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2007-08-22 Vertex Pharma INHIBITING COMPOUNDS OF THE ACTIVITY OF SERINA PROTEASA NS3-NS4A OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
JP5436864B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2014-03-05 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Co-crystal containing VX-950 and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
MX2008011354A (en) * 2006-03-03 2008-09-15 Schering Corp Pharmaceutical combinations of hcv-protease and -ires inhibitors.
MX2008011868A (en) 2006-03-16 2008-12-15 Vertex Pharma Deuterated hepatitis c protease inhibitors.
ES2339298T3 (en) 2006-07-07 2010-05-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PIRIDAZINE NOVEDOUS COMPOUND AND USE OF IT.
SI2114924T1 (en) 2007-02-27 2012-06-29 Vertex Pharma Co-crystals and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2008106058A2 (en) 2007-02-27 2008-09-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
UA99466C2 (en) 2007-07-06 2012-08-27 Гилиад Сайенсиз, Инк. Crystalline pyridazine compound
US20100286131A1 (en) * 2007-08-03 2010-11-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2436682A1 (en) 2007-08-30 2012-04-04 Vertex Pharmceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2010022148A1 (en) * 2008-08-19 2010-02-25 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods for the preparation of irciniastatin and analogs thereof
EP2352501B1 (en) * 2008-11-03 2014-01-01 ChemoCentryx, Inc. Compounds for use in the treatment of osteoporosis
JP2012517478A (en) 2009-02-12 2012-08-02 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド HCV combination therapy comprising pegylated interferon, ribavirin and telaprevir
JP2013518124A (en) 2010-01-29 2013-05-20 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Therapeutic methods for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection
WO2011156545A1 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Viral dynamic model for hcv combination therapy
TW201208704A (en) 2010-07-14 2012-03-01 Vertex Pharma Palatable pharmaceutical composition
CA2818853A1 (en) 2010-11-30 2012-06-07 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2'-spirocyclo-nucleosides for use in therapy of hcv or dengue virus
WO2012109646A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Treatment of hcv in hiv infection patients
ME03009B (en) 2011-09-16 2018-10-20 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Methods for treating hcv
US20130195797A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated High potency formulations of vx-950
JP2015166316A (en) * 2012-06-29 2015-09-24 味の素株式会社 Indole derivative or salt thereof
WO2014014885A1 (en) * 2012-07-18 2014-01-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Novel methods and intermediates for the preparation of (4bs,5ar)-12-cyclohexyl-n-(n,n-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3-methoxy-5a-((1 r,5s) -3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carbonyl)-4b,5,5a,6-tetrahydrobenzo [3,4]cyclopropa[5,6]azepino[1,2-a]indole-9-carboxamide
HUE047777T2 (en) 2013-01-31 2020-05-28 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
CN106008306A (en) * 2016-06-28 2016-10-12 山东大学 Substituted indole derivatives, and preparation method and application thereof
CN111116395B (en) * 2019-12-27 2023-04-07 湖北工业大学 Multi-iodo aromatic acid compound and application thereof in resisting adenovirus 7

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20010039286A1 (en) * 2000-02-14 2001-11-08 Kevin Dinnell 2-aryl indole derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
EP1162196A1 (en) * 1999-12-27 2001-12-12 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused-ring compounds and use thereof as drugs
WO2002004425A2 (en) * 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
US6358992B1 (en) * 1998-11-25 2002-03-19 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method of inhibiting neoplastic cells with indole derivatives
WO2003010141A2 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c virus polymerase inhibitors with a heterobicyclic structure

Family Cites Families (98)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB602426A (en) 1945-10-24 1948-05-26 Geigy Ag J R Manufacture of aromatic acyl-sulphonamides
GB1094903A (en) 1964-03-26 1967-12-13 Smith Kline French Lab Improvements in or relating to nitrofuran derivatives
FR1604809A (en) 1965-11-26 1972-04-17 Thiazolyl benzimidazoles - animal feed additives
GB1186504A (en) 1966-10-15 1970-04-02 Fisons Pest Control Ltd Substituted Heterocyclic Compounds
NL6917115A (en) 1968-11-22 1970-05-26
US3565912A (en) 1969-01-27 1971-02-23 Upjohn Co 5-lower-alkanoyl-2,3-bis(p-methoxyphenyl)indoles
DE2346316C2 (en) 1973-09-14 1985-02-14 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen Process for the preparation of 2-furylbenzimidazoles
GB1509527A (en) 1974-06-05 1978-05-04 Ici Ltd 1-(aryl-or heteroaryl)oxy-3-(substituted-amino)propan-2-ol derivatives processes for their manufacture and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
FR2291749A1 (en) 1974-11-20 1976-06-18 Delalande Sa 5-carboxyalkyl-benzimidazole derivs - with analgesic, sedative, hypertensive or hypotensive, bronchodilatory, anticholinergic and vasodilatory activity
US4003908A (en) 1976-03-11 1977-01-18 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Derivatives of imidazo(4,5-b)pyridines
CH632628B (en) 1976-07-26 Ciba Geigy Ag PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF BENZOFURANYL-BENZIMIDAZOLES AND THEIR USE AS OPTICAL BRIGHTENERS.
DE2641060A1 (en) 1976-09-11 1978-03-16 Hoechst Ag Penicillanic acid and cephalosporanic acid derivs. - are antibiotics esp. effective against Gram negative microorganisms e.g. Pseudomonas and Proteus
US4264325A (en) 1977-02-22 1981-04-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phenyl-benzimidazolyl-furanes for optical brightening of organic materials
DE2720111A1 (en) 1977-05-05 1978-11-16 Agfa Gevaert Ag CORROSION PROTECTION AGENT FOR TWO BATHROOM STABILIZER BATHS
DE2964427D1 (en) 1978-10-04 1983-02-03 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for the preparation of furanyl-benzazoles
ZA795239B (en) 1978-10-12 1980-11-26 Glaxo Group Ltd Heterocyclic compounds
DE2852531A1 (en) 1978-12-05 1980-06-19 Bayer Ag BENZOFURANYL-BENZIMIDAZOLES
DE2853765A1 (en) 1978-12-13 1980-06-26 Bayer Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING BENZIMIDAZOLYLBENZOFURANES
DE2904829A1 (en) 1979-02-08 1980-08-14 Bayer Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING BENZIMIDAZOLYLBENZOFURANE
DE3069775D1 (en) 1979-11-01 1985-01-17 Ciba Geigy Ag Salts of cationic brighteners, their preparation and their use on organic materials as well as their concentrated aqueous solutions
GR75101B (en) 1980-10-23 1984-07-13 Pfizer
GB8707798D0 (en) 1987-04-01 1987-05-07 Ici Plc Recovery of metals
ZA825413B (en) 1981-08-26 1983-06-29 Pfizer Thromboxane synthetase inhibitors, processes for their production, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
GB2118552A (en) 1982-04-15 1983-11-02 Pfizer Ltd Thromboxane synthetase inhibitors
LU85544A1 (en) 1984-09-19 1986-04-03 Cird AROMATIC HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION IN THE THERAPEUTIC AND COSMETIC FIELDS
DE3522230A1 (en) 1985-06-21 1987-01-02 Thomae Gmbh Dr K NEW 2-ARYLIMIDAZOLES, MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS, AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
GB8609175D0 (en) 1986-04-15 1986-05-21 Ici America Inc Heterocyclic carboxamides
GB8707051D0 (en) 1986-04-15 1987-04-29 Ici America Inc Heterocyclic carboxamides
US4859684A (en) 1986-09-15 1989-08-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. (1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl) substituted benzimidazole derivatives and use thereof in treating androgen dependent disorders
US5527819A (en) * 1991-09-06 1996-06-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of HIV reverse transcriptase
GB9122590D0 (en) 1991-10-24 1991-12-04 Lilly Industries Ltd Pharmaceutical compounds
US5216003A (en) 1992-01-02 1993-06-01 G. D. Searle & Co. Diacid-containing benzimidazole compounds for treatment of neurotoxic injury
GB9203798D0 (en) 1992-02-21 1992-04-08 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Quinolylbenzofuran derivatives,processes for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
DE4237617A1 (en) 1992-11-06 1994-05-11 Bayer Ag Use of substituted benzimidazoles
ATE234270T1 (en) 1992-12-02 2003-03-15 Pfizer CATHECOLDIETHER AS A SELECTIVE PDE IV INHIBITANT
DE4309969A1 (en) 1993-03-26 1994-09-29 Bayer Ag Substituted hetero-fused imidazoles
US6169107B1 (en) 1993-04-28 2001-01-02 Sumitomo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Indoloylguanidine derivatives
JP3156444B2 (en) 1993-06-02 2001-04-16 松下電器産業株式会社 Short wavelength laser light source and method of manufacturing the same
EP0669323B2 (en) 1994-02-24 2004-04-07 Haarmann & Reimer Gmbh Cosmetic and dermatological preparations, containing phenylene-1,4-bisbenzimidazole sulfonic acids
CA2124169A1 (en) 1994-05-24 1995-11-25 Richard Mcculloch Keenan Chemical compounds
US5912260A (en) 1994-05-27 1999-06-15 James Black Foundation Limited Gastrin and CCK antagonists
CA2206307A1 (en) 1994-11-29 1996-06-06 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Indole derivative
EP0717143A1 (en) 1994-12-16 1996-06-19 Lignozym GmbH Multicomponents system for modifying decomposing or bleaching of lignin or materials containing it or similar components and the way to use it
DE19507913C2 (en) 1995-03-07 1998-04-16 Agfa Gevaert Ag Color photographic silver halide material
DE69622031T2 (en) 1995-04-10 2002-12-12 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. INDOLDER DERIVATIVES AS cGMP-PDE INHIBITORS
US6444694B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2002-09-03 Wyeth Styryl benzimidazole derivatives
US5866594A (en) 1995-08-04 1999-02-02 Otsuka Kagaku Kabushiki Kaisha Indole-2-carboxylate derivatives and fungicidal compositions for agricultural or horticultural use containing the derivatives as active component
KR100388345B1 (en) 1995-10-05 2004-03-30 교토 야쿠힝 고교 가부시키가이샤 Novel heterocyclic derivatives and their medicinal uses
CA2241186C (en) 1995-12-28 2006-02-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole derivatives
CA2258728C (en) 1996-06-19 2011-09-27 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Limited Substituted azabicylic compounds and their use as inhibitors of the production of tnf and cyclic amp phosphodiesterase
US6043218A (en) * 1996-10-22 2000-03-28 Medical University Of South Carolina Positively charged non-natural amino acids, methods of making thereof, and use thereof in peptides
EP0949259B1 (en) 1996-12-26 2001-06-20 Nikken Chemicals Company, Limited N-hydroxyurea derivatives and medicinal compositions containing the same
AU6680998A (en) 1997-03-05 1998-09-22 Trimeris Inc. Benzanthrone compounds and antiviral uses thereof
US5932743A (en) 1997-08-21 1999-08-03 American Home Products Corporation Methods for the solid phase synthesis of substituted indole compounds
DE69838513T2 (en) 1997-12-11 2008-07-03 Smithkline Beecham Corp. SHORTEN HEPATITIS C-VIRUS PROTEIN NSB5 AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING ANTIVIRAL SUBSTANCES
AP869A (en) 1998-01-05 2000-09-04 Pfizer 2,3-Substituted indole compounds as anti-inflammatory and analgesic agents.
ES2190221T3 (en) 1998-05-04 2003-07-16 Zentaris Ag DERIVATIVES OF INDOL AND ITS USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF MALIGNAL AND OTHER DISEASES, BASED ON PATHOLOGICAL CELL PROLIFERATIONS.
US6232320B1 (en) 1998-06-04 2001-05-15 Abbott Laboratories Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory compounds
US7223879B2 (en) 1998-07-10 2007-05-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Ligands for metals and improved metal-catalyzed processes based thereon
US6228868B1 (en) 1998-07-27 2001-05-08 Abbott Laboratories Oxazoline antiproliferative agents
US6492423B1 (en) 1998-07-27 2002-12-10 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare Pangeletti Spa Diketoacid-derivatives as inhibitors of polymerases
KR20010086593A (en) 1998-12-04 2001-09-13 후지야마 아키라 Sulfonamide Compounds and Uses Thereof as Medicines
EP1142880A4 (en) 1998-12-24 2002-02-27 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Benzimidazole derivatives
DE60003025T2 (en) 1999-04-02 2004-03-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Co. ARYLSULFONYLE AS FACTOR XA INHIBITORS
DE19951360A1 (en) 1999-10-26 2001-05-03 Aventis Pharma Gmbh Substituted indoles
JP2001122855A (en) 1999-10-27 2001-05-08 Japan Tobacco Inc Indole compound and its pharmaceutical use
US6455525B1 (en) 1999-11-04 2002-09-24 Cephalon, Inc. Heterocyclic substituted pyrazolones
AP1587A (en) 1999-12-24 2006-03-02 Aventis Pharma Ltd Azaindoles.
US6770666B2 (en) 1999-12-27 2004-08-03 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused-ring compounds and use thereof as drugs
JP2001247550A (en) * 1999-12-27 2001-09-11 Japan Tobacco Inc Condensed ring compound and its medicinal use
WO2001085172A1 (en) 2000-05-10 2001-11-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel anti-infectives
MY164523A (en) 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
GB0017676D0 (en) 2000-07-19 2000-09-06 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Inhibitors of viral polymerase
US6506738B1 (en) 2000-09-27 2003-01-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzimidazolone antiviral agents
RS50236B (en) 2001-01-22 2009-07-15 Merck & Co.Inc., Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2002069903A2 (en) 2001-03-06 2002-09-12 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of rna viral polymerases
IL157280A0 (en) 2001-03-08 2004-02-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd Assay for identifying inhibitors of the rna dependent rna polymerase (ns5b) of hcv
EP1256628A3 (en) 2001-05-10 2003-03-19 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus (hcv) ns5b rna polymerase and mutants thereof
AR036081A1 (en) 2001-06-07 2004-08-11 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOSITE OF 1,2-DIHYDROQUINOLINE, ITS USE TO PREPARE A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS TO PREPARE IT AND N-RENTED 2-AMINOBENZOIC ACID OF UTILITY AS INTERMEDIARY IN SUCH METHODS
OA12622A (en) 2001-06-11 2006-06-12 Shire Biochem Inc Thiophene derivatives as antiviral agents for flavivirus infection.
CA2449999C (en) 2001-06-11 2012-07-31 Shire Biochem Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
GB0115109D0 (en) 2001-06-21 2001-08-15 Aventis Pharma Ltd Chemical compounds
AR035543A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2004-06-16 Japan Tobacco Inc THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR HEPATITIS C THAT INCLUDES A CONDENSED RING COMPOUND, CONDENSED RING COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS, BENZIMIDAZOL, THIAZOL AND BIFENYL COMPOUNDS USED AS INTERMEDIARY COMPARTMENTS OF COMPARTMENTS
CA2448737C (en) 2001-07-20 2010-06-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7294457B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-11-13 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Direct binding assay for identifying inhibitors of HCV polymerase
CN1545502A (en) 2001-08-22 2004-11-10 �������⻯ѧƷ�ع����޹�˾ Process for the preparation of indole derivatives
WO2003026587A2 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful for treating hepatitus c virus
MY151199A (en) 2001-11-02 2014-04-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc Substituted diphenyl heterocycles useful for treating hcv infection
GB0215293D0 (en) 2002-07-03 2002-08-14 Rega Foundation Viral inhibitors
US7223785B2 (en) * 2003-01-22 2007-05-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7098231B2 (en) 2003-01-22 2006-08-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
GB0307891D0 (en) 2003-04-04 2003-05-14 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Chemical compounds,compositions and uses
TW200517381A (en) 2003-08-01 2005-06-01 Genelabs Tech Inc Bicyclic heteroaryl derivatives
SI1718608T1 (en) 2004-02-20 2013-11-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2005092855A1 (en) 2004-03-08 2005-10-06 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for cross coupling indoles
CA2558051C (en) 2004-03-16 2013-03-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Palladium catalyzed indolization of 2-bromo or chloroanilines
UY29017A1 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int VIRAL POLYMERASE INHIBITORS
WO2006086657A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing 2,3-disubstituted indoles

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6358992B1 (en) * 1998-11-25 2002-03-19 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method of inhibiting neoplastic cells with indole derivatives
EP1162196A1 (en) * 1999-12-27 2001-12-12 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused-ring compounds and use thereof as drugs
US20010039286A1 (en) * 2000-02-14 2001-11-08 Kevin Dinnell 2-aryl indole derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2002004425A2 (en) * 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2003010141A2 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c virus polymerase inhibitors with a heterobicyclic structure

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZHANG H-C ET AL: "Efficient synthesis of 3-substituted 2-arylindoles via Suzuki coupling reactions on the solid phase", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 42, no. 29, 16 July 2001 (2001-07-16), pages 4751 - 4754, XP004247343, ISSN: 0040-4039 *

Cited By (154)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7511145B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2009-03-31 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Bicyclic heteroaryl derivatives
WO2005014543A1 (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-02-17 Japan Tobacco Inc. Condensed ring compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005034941A1 (en) * 2003-10-10 2005-04-21 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti Spa Indoles and azaindoles as antiviral agents
WO2005070955A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
JP4648333B2 (en) * 2004-02-20 2011-03-09 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Viral polymerase inhibitor
WO2005080388A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EA013207B1 (en) * 2004-02-20 2010-04-30 Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2626354A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2013-08-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Viral polymerase inhibitors
JP2013237708A (en) * 2004-02-20 2013-11-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Internatl Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8030309B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2011-10-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
JP2010195818A (en) * 2004-02-20 2010-09-09 Boehringer Ingelheim Internatl Gmbh Virus polymerase inhibitor
US7879851B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2011-02-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7977331B1 (en) 2004-02-24 2011-07-12 Japan Tobacco Inc. Tetracyclic fused heterocyclic compound and use thereof as HCV polymerase inhibitor
US7795250B2 (en) 2004-06-11 2010-09-14 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti Spa Indole derivatives as antiviral agents
WO2006029912A1 (en) * 2004-06-11 2006-03-23 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Indole derivatives as antiviral agents
US7973069B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2011-07-05 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
WO2007084413A3 (en) * 2004-07-14 2007-11-29 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating hepatitis c
US7868037B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2011-01-11 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
EP1771169A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2007-04-11 PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis c
US7772271B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-08-10 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
US7781478B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-08-24 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
US7241801B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2007-07-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006007693A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7153848B2 (en) 2004-08-09 2006-12-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of HCV replication
US7795247B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2010-09-14 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Tetracyclic indole derivatives as antiviral agents
US7659263B2 (en) 2004-11-12 2010-02-09 Japan Tobacco Inc. Thienopyrrole compound and use thereof as HCV polymerase inhibitor
WO2006076529A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Indole derivatives for treating viral infections
US7642352B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2010-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing 2,3-disubstituted indoles
US7851625B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2010-12-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing 2,3-disubstituted indoles
US8076365B2 (en) 2005-08-12 2011-12-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
JP2009504573A (en) * 2005-08-12 2009-02-05 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Viral polymerase inhibitor
WO2007019674A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2007047146A3 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-11-01 Intermune Inc Inhibitors of viral replication
WO2007047146A2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-26 Intermune, Inc. Inhibitors of viral replication
WO2007084435A3 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-11-08 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating hepatitis c
US7816348B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8232390B2 (en) 2006-05-08 2012-07-31 Istituto Di Richerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Pentacyclic indole derivatives as antiviral agents
US7897622B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2008109584A1 (en) * 2007-03-05 2008-09-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hcv ns5b inhibitors
WO2008121634A2 (en) 2007-03-30 2008-10-09 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US12121529B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2024-10-22 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US9585906B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2017-03-07 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US8906880B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2014-12-09 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
DE202008018643U1 (en) 2007-03-30 2017-03-16 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleosidphosphoramidat prodrugs
US8580765B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2013-11-12 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US8735372B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2014-05-27 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US9085573B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2015-07-21 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US11642361B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2023-05-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US10183037B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2019-01-22 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
EP2494991A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2012-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Combination therapy for the treatment of HCV infection
US7989438B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2011-08-02 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Therapeutic compounds
US8242140B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2012-08-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2518073A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2012-10-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds for the treatment of Hepatitis C
WO2009076173A2 (en) 2007-12-05 2009-06-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
US8476257B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2013-07-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8912182B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2014-12-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2009076747A1 (en) 2007-12-19 2009-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8541402B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2013-09-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2009080836A3 (en) * 2007-12-24 2009-09-17 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Macrocyclic indoles as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US8524716B2 (en) 2007-12-24 2013-09-03 Janssen R&D Ireland Macrocyclic indoles as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9334282B2 (en) 2007-12-24 2016-05-10 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Macrocyclic indoles as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CN101910177B (en) * 2007-12-24 2013-08-28 泰博特克药品公司 Macrocyclic indoles as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8759510B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2014-06-24 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
EP3246030A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2017-11-22 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Novel adenine derivatives
WO2010018131A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
EP3000813A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2016-03-30 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
US8524717B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2013-09-03 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Oxidase inhibitors and their use
WO2010075549A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidates
EP3222628A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2017-09-27 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Nucleoside phosphoramidates
WO2010075517A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside analogs
WO2010075554A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Pharmasset, Inc. Synthesis of purine nucleosides
EP2671888A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2013-12-11 Gilead Pharmasset LLC 3',5'-cyclic nucleoside phosphate analogues
WO2010080874A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Scynexis, Inc. Cyclosporine derivative for use in the treatment of hcv and hiv infection
US8993808B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2015-03-31 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives and their medical use
WO2010099159A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclopropyl fused indolobenzazepine hcv ns5b inhibitors
CN102695704A (en) * 2009-04-06 2012-09-26 Ptc医疗公司 Indole derivatives and methods for antiviral treatment
WO2010117932A1 (en) * 2009-04-06 2010-10-14 Schering Corporation Indole derivatives and methods for antiviral treatment
US8735414B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2014-05-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Indole derivatives and methods for antiviral treatment
WO2010132163A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US8735569B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-05-27 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
WO2010135569A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Pharmasset, Inc. N- [ (2 ' r) -2 ' -deoxy-2 ' -fluoro-2 ' -methyl-p-phenyl-5 ' -uridylyl] -l-alanine 1-methylethyl ester and process for its production
EP3321275A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2018-05-16 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Crystalline form of sofosbuvir
US9637512B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2017-05-02 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US9284342B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2016-03-15 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
EP2610264A2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-07-03 Gilead Pharmasset LLC N-[(2'r)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-methyl-p-phenyl-5'-uridylyl]-l-alanine 1-methylethyl ester and process for its production
EP2910562A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-08-26 Gilead Pharmasset LLC N-[(2'r)-2'-deoxy-2 '-fluoro-2'-methyl-p-phenyl-5 '-uridylyl]-l-alanine 1-methylethyl ester in crystalline form
US8633309B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-01-21 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8629263B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-01-14 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US9206217B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-12-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
EP2913337A1 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-09-02 Gilead Pharmasset LLC N-[(2'r)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-methyl-p-phenyl-5'-uridylyl]-l-alanine 1-methylethyl ester and process for its production
US8642756B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-02-04 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8859555B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2014-10-14 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine Specific Demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US8946296B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2015-02-03 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Substituted heteroaryl- and aryl-cyclopropylamine acetamides and their use
WO2011098452A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc 6-amino-2-{ [ (1s)-1-methylbutyl] oxy}-9-[5-(1-piperidinyl)-7,9-dihydro-8h-purin-8-one maleate
WO2011098451A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc Purine derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses
US9616058B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2017-04-11 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Potent selective LSD1 inhibitors and dual LSD1/MAO-B inhibitors for antiviral use
US9186337B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2015-11-17 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors for diseases and disorders associated with Hepadnaviridae
WO2011123645A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidates
WO2011123672A1 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Pharmasset, Inc. Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
US8563530B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-10-22 Gilead Pharmassel LLC Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
WO2011123668A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Pharmasset, Inc. Stereoselective synthesis of phosphorus containing actives
EP2609923A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-07-03 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Nucleoside Phosphoramidates
US8859756B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2014-10-14 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Stereoselective synthesis of phosphorus containing actives
EP2752422A1 (en) 2010-03-31 2014-07-09 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Stereoselective synthesis of phosphorus containing actives
EP3290428A1 (en) 2010-03-31 2018-03-07 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Tablet comprising crystalline (s)-isopropyl 2-(((s)-(((2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2h)-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate
US9149447B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2015-10-06 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine specific demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US10202330B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2019-02-12 Oryzon Genomics, Sa Lysine specific demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US8722743B2 (en) 2010-04-19 2014-05-13 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine specific demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use
US9676701B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2017-06-13 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Cyclopropylamine derivatives useful as LSD1 inhibitors
US10233178B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2019-03-19 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Arylcyclopropylamine based demethylase inhibitors of LSD1 and their medical use
US9006449B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2015-04-14 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Cyclopropylamine derivatives useful as LSD1 inhibitors
US9181198B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2015-11-10 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Arylcyclopropylamine based demethylase inhibitors of LSD1 and their medical use
US9708309B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2017-07-18 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Arylcyclopropylamine based demethylase inhibitors of LSD1 and their medical use
EP3020723A1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic proline derived hcv serine protease inhibitors
US9061966B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2015-06-23 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Cyclopropylamine inhibitors of oxidases
US9790196B2 (en) 2010-11-30 2017-10-17 Oryzon Genomics S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors for diseases and disorders associated with Flaviviridae
WO2012072713A3 (en) * 2010-11-30 2013-04-04 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors such as cyclylcyclopropanamine derivatives for use in the treatment of diseases and disorders associated with flaviviridae
US9085555B2 (en) 2011-01-04 2015-07-21 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US9908859B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2018-03-06 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Lysine demethylase inhibitors for myeloproliferative disorders
US9670136B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2017-06-06 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9469597B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2016-10-18 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US10214477B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2019-02-26 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9487512B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2016-11-08 Oryzon Genomics S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9944601B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2018-04-17 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US10329256B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2019-06-25 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. (Hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
US9815819B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2017-11-14 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US9464081B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-10-11 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9487483B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-11-08 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US9468661B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-10-18 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9388199B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-07-12 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine derivatives and their use as complement pathway modulators
US9550755B2 (en) 2012-07-12 2017-01-24 Novartis Ag Complement pathway modulators and uses thereof
US11707479B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2023-07-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
US11116783B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2021-09-14 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
WO2015124591A1 (en) 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Pyrrolo[3,2] pyrimidine derivatives as inducers of human interferon
WO2016075661A1 (en) 2014-11-13 2016-05-19 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa Adenine derivatives which are useful in the treatment of allergic diseases or other inflammatory conditions
WO2017093933A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
EP3366691A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2018-08-29 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
WO2017175147A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2017175156A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
EP4032885A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2022-07-27 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2019069269A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting) useful in treating hiv
WO2019069270A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting)
US12030879B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-07-09 Inflazome Limited Sulfonyl acetamides as NLRP3 inhibitors
US11613525B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2023-03-28 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
WO2019219820A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
US11072610B2 (en) 2018-09-12 2021-07-27 Novartis Ag Antiviral pyridopyrazinedione compounds
WO2020232375A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Oxoacridinyl acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2020232378A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Benzo[b][1,8]naphthyridine acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2021009365A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021009362A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
US11667613B2 (en) 2019-09-26 2023-06-06 Novartis Ag Antiviral pyrazolopyridinone compounds
WO2023161427A1 (en) 2022-02-24 2023-08-31 Eisbach Bio Gmbh Viral combination therapy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CO5590912A2 (en) 2005-12-30
AU2004205429A1 (en) 2004-08-05
NO20053892L (en) 2005-10-05
EA009323B1 (en) 2007-12-28
EA200501065A1 (en) 2006-02-24
US20070142380A1 (en) 2007-06-21
NZ541852A (en) 2009-03-31
MXPA05007754A (en) 2005-09-30
US7888363B2 (en) 2011-02-15
US7223785B2 (en) 2007-05-29
CL2004000076A1 (en) 2005-01-14
JP2010077139A (en) 2010-04-08
PL378194A1 (en) 2006-03-06
CN1764641A (en) 2006-04-26
IL169777A0 (en) 2007-07-04
EP1587787A1 (en) 2005-10-26
ZA200504893B (en) 2006-11-29
AR047754A1 (en) 2006-02-22
CA2511307A1 (en) 2004-08-05
NO20053892D0 (en) 2005-08-19
PE20040940A1 (en) 2005-01-11
CA2511307C (en) 2011-09-27
BRPI0406926A (en) 2006-01-03
JP4585507B2 (en) 2010-11-24
UA83651C2 (en) 2008-08-11
HRP20050662A2 (en) 2006-07-31
KR20050095863A (en) 2005-10-04
WO2004065367A8 (en) 2006-07-13
US20040171626A1 (en) 2004-09-02
JP2006517536A (en) 2006-07-27
ECSP055913A (en) 2006-03-01
RS20050556A (en) 2007-06-04
TW200418843A (en) 2004-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2511307C (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7323470B2 (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7241801B2 (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors
CA2553879C (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors
CA2449180C (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors
AU2012202711A1 (en) Viral polymerase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2005/0556

Country of ref document: YU

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DPEN Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200504893

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004703130

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2511307

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3125/DELNP/2005

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 169777

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 1-2005-501334

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P20050662A

Country of ref document: HR

Ref document number: PA/a/2005/007754

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2006500429

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 378194

Country of ref document: PL

Ref document number: 1020057013544

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200501065

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004205429

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 541852

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 05083254

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 1200501176

Country of ref document: VN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004205429

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20040119

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004205429

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20048078316

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020057013544

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004703130

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0406926

Country of ref document: BR

DPEN Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)